2020 nv200 compact cargo - nissan · 2021. 3. 19. · 2020 nv200 compact cargo owner’s manual and...

2020 NV200 COMPACT CARGOOWNER’S MANUAL

and MAINTENANCE INFORMATION

For your safety, read carefully and keep in this vehicle.

CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNINGWARNING

Operating, servicing and maintaining a passengervehicle or off-highwaymotor vehicle can expose you tochemicals including engine exhaust, carbon monoxide,phthalates, and lead, which are known to the State ofCalifornia to cause cancer and birth defects or otherreproductive harm. To minimize exposure, avoidbreathing exhaust, do not idle the engine except asnecessary, service your vehicle in a well-ventilated areaand wear gloves or wash your hands frequently whenservicing your vehicle. For more information go towww.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger-vehicle.

This manual was prepared to help you un-derstand the operation and maintenanceof your vehicle so that you may enjoy manymiles (kilometers) of driving pleasure.Please read through this manual beforeoperating your vehicle.

A separate Warranty Information Book-let explains details about the warrantiescovering your vehicle. The “Maintenanceand schedules” section of this manualexplains details about maintaining andservicing your vehicle. Additionally, aseparate Customer Care/Lemon LawBooklet (U.S. only) will explain how to re-solve any concerns you may have withyour vehicle, as well as clarify your rightsunder your state’s lemon law.

A NISSAN dealership knows your vehiclebest. When you require any service or haveany questions, they will be glad to assistyou with the extensive resources availableto them.

In addition to factory-installed options,your vehicle may also be equipped withadditional accessories installed prior to de-livery. It is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer for details concerning theparticular accessories with which your ve-hicle is equipped. It is important that you

familiarize yourself with all disclosures,warnings, cautions and instructions con-cerning proper use of such accessoriesprior to operating the vehicle and/or ac-cessory. It is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer for details concerning theparticular accessories with which your ve-hicle is equipped.

Before driving your vehicle, please read thisOwner’s Manual carefully. This will ensurefamiliarity with controls and maintenancerequirements, assisting you in the safe op-eration of your vehicle.

WARNINGIMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATIONREMINDERS!

Follow these important driving rules tohelp ensure a safe and comfortable tripfor you and your passengers!

∙ NEVER drive under the influence of al-cohol or drugs.

∙ ALWAYS observe posted speed limitsand never drive too fast for conditions.

∙ ALWAYS give your full attention todriving and avoid using vehicle fea-tures or taking other actions thatcould distract you.

∙ ALWAYS use your seat belts and ap-propriate child restraint systems.

∙ ALWAYS provide information aboutthe proper use of vehicle safety fea-tures to all occupants of the vehicle.

∙ ALWAYS review this Owner’s Manualfor important safety information.

FOREWORD READ FIRST—THEN DRIVE SAFELY

DRIVING

This vehicle will handle and maneuver dif-ferently from an ordinary passenger ve-hicle because it has a higher center ofgravity. As with other vehicles with fea-tures of this type, failure to operate thisvehicle correctly may result in loss of con-trol or an accident.Be sure to read “Precautions when start-ing and driving” and “Avoiding collisionand rollover” in the “Starting and driving”section of this manual.

MODIFICATION OF YOUR VEHICLE

WARNINGAny modifications or alterations of this ve-hicle that do not comply with the NISSANNV200 Compact Cargo Body Builder’sGuide may affect the safety of the vehiclewhich may result in a collision, serious per-sonal injury or death. An electronic copy ofthe NISSAN NV200 Compact Cargo BodyBuilder’s Guide is available atwww.nissancommercialvehicles.com.

Modifications made to this vehicle byconversion companies or dealers mayaffect the final certification of theengine, vehicle or equipment. Theconversion company or dealer hasthe responsibility to certify that thealtered vehicle and equipment com-plies or continues to comply with allapplicable motor vehicle safety stan-dards and emissions regulations. Theconversion company or dealer is re-sponsible for making sure the modifi-cations or installed equipment doesnot affect the safety of the vehicle.

NISSAN does not assume the responsi-bility as the final stage manufacturerfor modified or altered vehicles.NISSAN is not responsible for the finalcertification, product liability claims, orwarranty claims, resulting from anycomponent,assembly,or system beingaltered. NISSAN is not responsible formodifications which cause the vehicleto become non-compliant with any ofthe motor vehicle safety standards,emissions regulations, or modifica-tions that cause the vehicle to be or be-come defective or unsafe.

Your vehicle’s warranty may not coverdamage resulting from alterations,modifications, installation of non-approved accessories, or improper in-stallation of accessories. Refer to your2018 NV200 Compact Cargo WarrantyInformation Booklet for completedetails.

WARNINGInstalling an aftermarket On-Board Di-agnostic (OBD) plug-in device that usesthe port during normal driving, for ex-ample remote insurance companymonitoring, remote vehicle diagnostics,telematics or engine reprogramming,may cause interference or damage tovehicle systems. We do not recommendor endorse the use of any aftermarketOBD plug-in devices, unless specificallyapproved by NISSAN. The vehicle war-ranty may not cover damage caused byany aftermarket plug-in device.

This manual includes information for allfeatures and equipment available on thismodel. Features and equipment in your ve-hicle may vary depending on model, trimlevel, options selected, order, date of pro-duction, region or availability. Therefore,you may find information about features orequipment that are not included or in-stalled on your vehicle.

All information, specifications and illustra-tions in this manual are those in effect atthe time of printing. NISSAN reserves theright to change specifications, perfor-mance, design or component supplierswithout notice and without obligation.From time to time, NISSAN may update orrevise this manual to provide Owners withthe most accurate information currentlyavailable. Please carefully read and retainwith this manual all revision updates sentto you by NISSAN to ensure you have ac-cess to accurate and up-to-date informa-tion regarding your vehicle. Current ver-sions of vehicle Owner’s Manuals and anyupdates can also be found in the Ownersection of the NISSAN website athttps://owners.nissanusa.com/nowners/navigation/manualsGuide. If you havequestions concerning any information inyour Owner’s Manual, contact NISSAN

Consumer Affairs. For contact information,refer to the NISSAN CUSTOMER CARE PRO-GRAM page in this Owner’s Manual.

IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUTTHIS MANUALYou will see various symbols in this manual.They are used in the following ways:

WARNINGThis is used to indicate the presence ofa hazard that could cause death or seri-ous personal injury. To avoid or reducethe risk, the procedures must be fol-lowed precisely.

CAUTIONThis is used to indicate the presence ofa hazard that could cause minor ormoderate personal injury or damage toyour vehicle. To avoid or reduce the risk,the procedures must be followedcarefully.

WHEN READING THE MANUAL

If you see this symbol, it means “Do not dothis” or “Do not let this happen.”

If you see a symbol similar to these in anillustration, it means the arrow points tothe front of the vehicle.

Arrows in an illustration that are similar tothese indicate movement or action.

Arrows in an illustration that are similar tothese call attention to an item in the illus-tration.

CALIFORNIA PERCHLORATEADVISORYSome vehicle parts, such as lithium bat-teries, may contain perchlorate material.The following advisory is provided: “Per-chlorate Material – special handling mayapply. For additional information, refer towww.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate/”.

BLUETOOTH® is atrademark ownedby Bluetooth SIG,Inc. and licensedto Visteon andBosch.

SiriusXM® servicesrequire asubscription aftertrial period and aresold separately oras a package. Thesatellite service isavailable only inthe 48 contiguousUSA and DC.SiriusXM® satelliteservice is alsoavailable inCanada; seewww.siriusxm.ca.

© Nissan Mexicana, S. A. de C. V.

All rights reserved. No part of this Owner’sManual may be reproduced or stored in aretrieval system, or transmitted in anyform, or by any means, electronic, me-chanical, photocopying, recording or oth-erwise, without the prior written permis-sion of Nissan Mexicana, S. A. de C. V.

APD1005

NISSAN CARES . . .

Both NISSAN and your NISSAN dealer are dedicated to serving all your automotive needs. Your satisfaction with your vehicle and yourNISSAN dealer are our primary concerns. Your NISSAN dealer is always available to assist you with all your automobile sales and serviceneeds.However, if there is something that yourNISSAN dealer cannot assist you with oryou would like to provide NISSAN directlywith comments or questions, please con-tact the NISSAN Consumer Affairs Depart-ment using our toll-free number:

For U.S. customers877–NIS-NCV1(877-647-6281)

For Canadian customers1-800-387-0122

The Consumer Affairs Department will askfor the following information:

– Your name, address, and telephonenumber

– Vehicle identification number (attachedto the top of the instrument panel on thedriver’s side)

– Date of purchase

– Current odometer reading

– Your NISSAN dealer’s name

– Your comments or questions

OR

You can write to NISSAN with the informa-tion at:

For U.S. customersNissan North America, Inc.Consumer Affairs DepartmentP.O. Box 685003Franklin, TN 37068-5003or via e-mail at:[email protected]

For Canadian customersNissan Canada Inc.5290 Orbitor DriveMississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5or via e-mail at:[email protected]

If you prefer, visit us at:www.nissanusa.com (for U.S. customers)orwww.nissan.ca (for Canadian customers)

We appreciate your interest in NISSAN and thank you for buying a quality NISSAN vehicle.

NISSAN CUSTOMER CARE PROGRAM

Table ofContents

Illustrated table of contents

Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Instruments and controls

Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

Starting and driving

In case of emergency

Appearance and care

Do-it-yourself

Maintenance and schedules

Technical and consumer information

Index

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

0 Illustrated table of contents

Air bags, seat belts and child restraints . . . . . . . . . . 0-2Exterior front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-3Exterior rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-4Passenger compartment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-5

Instrument panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-6Engine compartment check locations . . . . . . . . . . . 0-8Warning and indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-9

1. Head restraints/headrests(P. 1-7)

2. Front seat belt with preten-sioner(s) and shoulder heightadjuster (driver’s side only)(P. 1-11, 1-32)

3. Roof-mounted curtainside-impact and rolloversupplemental air bag (P. 1-32)

4. Supplemental air bags(P. 1-32)

5. Seats (P. 1-2)6. Occupant classification

sensor (weight sensor)(P. 1-32)

7. Front seat top tether strapanchor (located on bottom ofseatback) (P. 1-21)

8. Front seat-mountedside-impact supplemental airbag (P. 1-32)

Refer to the page number indicated inparentheses for operating details.

LII2394

AIR BAGS, SEAT BELTS AND CHILDRESTRAINTS

0-2 Illustrated table of contents

1. Engine hood (P. 3-13)2. Wiper and washer switch (P. 2-21)3. Windshield (P. 8-16)4. Power windows (P. 2-31)5. Door locks (P. 3-3)

Keys (P. 3-2)Key fob (if so equipped) (P. 3-10)

6. Mirrors (P. 3-18)7. Tire pressure (P. 8-31)

Flat tire (P. 6-2)Tire chains (P. 8-31)

8 Replacing bulbs (P. 8-23)Headlight and turn signal switch(P. 2-23)Daytime Running Lights (DRL)(P. 2-23)


LII2395

EXTERIOR FRONT

Illustrated table of contents 0-3

1. Back doors (P. 3-3)Vehicle loading (P. 10-13)

2. Rearview camera (P. 4-3)3 Replacing bulbs (P. 8-23)Refer to the page number indicated inparentheses for operating details.

LII2396

EXTERIOR REAR


1. Map lights (P. 2-33)2. Sun visors (P. 3-17)3. Rearview mirror (if so equipped)

(P. 3-18)4. Glove box (P. 2-28)5. Storage trays (P. 2-28)6. Fuel-filler cap (P. 3-14)

Fuel recommendation (P. 10-2)Fuel-filler door (P. 3-14)


LII2616

PASSENGER COMPARTMENT


1. Vents (P. 4-11)2. Headlight/turn signal switch

(P. 2-23)3. Driver’s supplemental air bag

(P. 1-32)Horn (P. 2-25)

4. Meters and gauges (P. 2-3)Warning and indicator lights (P. 2-9)

5. Cruise control switches(if so equipped) (P. 5-18)

6. Wiper and washer switch (P. 2-21)7. Rear window and/or outside

mirror defroster switch(if so equipped) (P. 2-22)

8. Audio system*9. Passenger’s supplemental air bag

(P. 1-32)10. Glove box (P. 2-28)11. Climate controls (P. 4-11)12. Front passenger air bag status

light (P. 2-15)13. Cup holders (P. 2-28)14. Shift lever (P. 5-14)15. AUX input/USB port*16. Rear Sonar System (RSS) OFF

switch (if so equipped) (P. 5-29)17. Hazard warning flasher switch

(P. 6-2)18. Ignition switch (P. 5-8)LII2610

INSTRUMENT PANEL


19. Audio control switches*Bluetooth® Hands-Free PhoneSystem*

20. Fuel-filler door release lever (P. 3-14)Hood release lever (P. 3-13)

21. Fuse box (P. 8-18)22. Electronic outside rearview mirror

control switch (if so equipped)(P. 3-19)

23. Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFFswitch (P. 2-26)

*Refer to the separate NissanConnect®Owner’s Manual



MR20DE engine1. Engine coolant reservoir (P. 8-5)2. Engine oil filler cap (P. 8-7)3. Brake fluid reservoir (P. 8-10)4. Air cleaner (P. 8-15)5. Fuse box (P. 8-18)6. Battery (P. 8-12)7. Radiator cap (P. 8-5)8. Engine oil dipstick (P. 8-7)9. Drive belt location (P. 8-14)10. Windshield-washer fluid reservoir

(P. 8-11)

LDI3187

ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECKLOCATIONS


Warninglight

Name Page

or

Anti-lock BrakingSystem (ABS)warning light

2-10

or

Brake warninglight

2-10

Charge warninglight

2-11

Door open warn-ing light

2-11

Engine oil pres-sure warning light

2-11

High temperaturewarning light (red)

2-11

Warninglight

Name Page

Low fuel warninglight

2-12

Low tire pressurewarning light

2-12

Low windshield-washer fluidwarning light (if soequipped)

2-14

Power steeringwarning light

2-14

Seat belt warninglight and chime

2-14

Supplemental airbag warning light

2-14

Indicatorlight

Name Page

ContinuouslyVariable Trans-mission (CVT) po-sition indicatorlight

2-15

CRUISE indicatorlight (if soequipped)

2-15

Front passengerair bag statuslight

2-15

High beam indi-cator light (blue)

2-15

Malfunction Indi-cator Light (MIL)

2-15

Overdrive OFFindicator light

2-16

Security indicatorlight

2-17

WARNING AND INDICATOR LIGHTS


Indicatorlight

Name Page

Slip indicator light 2-17

Turn signal/hazard indicatorlights

2-17

Vehicle DynamicControl (VDC) OFFindicator light

2-17


1 Safety—Seats, seat belts andsupplemental restraint system

Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2Front manual seat adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-3Armrest (if so equipped for driver’s sideonly). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4Flexible seating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5

Head restraints/headrests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-7Adjustable head restraint/headrestcomponents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8Non-adjustable head restraint/headrest components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9Install. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-10

Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11Precautions on seat belt usage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11Seat belt warning light. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-14Pregnant women. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-14Injured persons. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-14Three-point type seat belt withretractor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-14

Seat belt extenders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-18Seat belt maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-18

Child safety. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-19Infants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-19Small children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-20Larger children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-20

Child restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-21Precautions on child restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22Top tether anchor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-23Rear-facing child restraint installationusing the seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-24Forward-facing child restraintinstallation using the seat belts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-24Booster seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-28

Supplemental Restraint System (SRS). . . . . . . . . . . 1-32Precautions on SRS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-32Supplemental air bag warning labels . . . . . . . . 1-49Supplemental air bag warning light. . . . . . . . . . 1-50

WARNING∙ Do not ride in a moving vehicle when

the seatback is reclined. This can bedangerous. The shoulder belt will notbe against your body. In an accident,you could be thrown into it and re-ceive neck or other serious injuries.You could also slide under the lap beltand receive serious internal injuries.

∙ For the most effective protectionwhen the vehicle is in motion, the seatshould be upright. Always sit wellback and upright in the seat with bothfeet on the floor and adjust the seatproperly. For additional information,refer to “Precautions on seat belt us-age” in this section.

∙ After adjustment, gently rock in theseat to make sure it is securely locked.

∙ Do not leave children unattended in-side the vehicle. They could unknow-ingly activate switches or controls ormake the vehicle move. Unattendedchildren could become involved in se-rious accidents.

∙ To help avoid risk of injury or deaththrough unintended operation of thevehicle and/or its systems, do notleave children, people who require theassistance of others or pets unat-tended in your vehicle. Additionally,the temperature inside a closed ve-hicle on a warm day can quickly be-come high enough to cause a signifi-cant risk of injury or death to peopleand pets.

∙ Do not adjust the driver’s seat whiledriving so full attention may be givento vehicle operation. The seat maymove suddenly and could cause lossof control of the vehicle.

∙ The seatback should not be reclinedany more than needed for comfort.Seat belts are most effective when thepassenger sits well back and straightup in the seat. If the seatback is re-clined, the risk of sliding under the lapbelt and being injured is increased.

ARS1152

SEATS

1-2 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

CAUTIONWhen adjusting the seat positions, besure not to contact any moving parts toavoid possible injuries and/or damage.

FRONT MANUAL SEATADJUSTMENTYour vehicle seats can be adjusted manu-ally. For additional information about ad-justing the seats, refer to the steps outlinedin this section.

Forward and backwardPull the center of the bar up and hold itwhile you slide the seat forward or back-ward to the desired position. Release thebar to lock the seat in position.

RecliningTo recline the seatback, pull the lever upand lean back. To bring the seatback for-ward, pull the lever up and lean your bodyforward. Release the lever to lock the seat-back in position.The reclining feature allows adjustment ofthe seatback for occupants of differentsizes for added comfort and to help obtainproper seat belt fit. For additional informa-tion, refer to “Precautions on seat belt us-age” in this section. Also, the seatback canbe reclined to allow occupants to restwhen the vehicle is stopped and the shiftlever is in the P (Park) position.

LRS2208 LRS2220

Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-3

Seat lifter (driver’s seat)Pull up or push down the adjusting lever toadjust the seat height until the desired po-sition is achieved.

Lumbar support (if so equippedfor driver’s seat)The lumbar support feature provides ad-justable lower back support to the driver.Move the lever forward or backward to ad-just the seat lumbar area.

ARMREST (if so equipped fordriver’s side only)To use the armrest, pull it down to the rest-ing position.

�A Stowed position

�B Resting position

LRS2221 LRS2921 LRS2339


FLEXIBLE SEATING

WARNING∙ Do not allow people to ride in any area

of your vehicle that is not equippedwith seats and seat belts. Be sure ev-eryone in your vehicle is in a seat andusing a seat belt properly.

∙ Never allow anyone to ride in thecargo area or on the seats when theyare in the fold-down position. In a col-lision, people riding in these areaswithout proper restraints are morelikely to be seriously injured or killed.

∙ Head restraints/headrests should beadjusted properly as they may pro-vide significant protection against in-jury in an accident. Always replaceand adjust them properly if they havebeen removed for any reason.

∙ If the head restraints/headrests areremoved for any reason, they shouldbe securely stored to prevent themfrom causing injury to passengers ordamage to the vehicle in case of sud-den braking or an accident.

∙ When returning the seatbacks to theupright position, be certain they arecompletely secured in the latched po-sition. If they are not completely se-cured, passengers may be injured inan accident or sudden stop.

∙ Properly secure all cargo to help pre-vent it from sliding or shifting. Do notplace cargo higher than the seat-backs. In a sudden stop or collision,unsecured cargo could cause per-sonal injury.

Folding the front passenger’sseatbackTo fold the front passenger’s seatback flatfor extra storage:

1. Slide the seat to the rearmost position.Lift up on the recline lever �A , locatedon the outside edge of the seat, andfold the seatback forward as far as it willgo. Then lift up on the latch �B locatedon the inside of the seatback to releasethe back of the seat.

2. Once the seatback is released, it willenable you to fold the front passengerseatback �C flat over the seat cushion.

LRS2719


3. To return the front passenger’s seat toa seating position, lift up on the seat-back and push it up to an upright posi-tion. Then pull up on the recline lever �Aand lean the seatback to a proper seat-ing position. Release the lever to lockthe seatback in position.

WARNING∙ If you fold the front passenger’s seat-

back flat forward to carry longer ob-jects, be sure this cargo is properly se-cured and not near an air bag. In acrash, an inflating air bag might forcethat object toward a person. Thiscould cause severe injury or evendeath. Secure objects away from thearea in which an air bag would inflate.For additional information, refer to“Precautions on SRS” in this section.

∙ Never allow anyone to ride in thecargo area or on the front passenger’sseat when it is in the fold-down posi-tion. Use of these areas by passengerscould result in serious injury or deathin an accident or sudden stop.

∙ Properly secure all cargo to help pre-vent it from sliding and shifting. In asudden stop or collision, unsecuredcargo could cause personal injury(even if the vehicle has equipped apartition accessory to divide the frontseats from the cargo area).

LRS2720 LRS2721


CAUTIONDo not apply a load to the back of thetable if it is not fully horizontal. Doing somay cause deformation/malfunction.

NOTE:

The belt buckle must be in the forwardmost position for the seat to be folded toavoid premature aging.

WARNINGHead restraints/headrests supplementthe other vehicle safety systems. Theymay provide additional protection againstinjury in certain rear end collisions. Adjust-able head restraints/headrests must beadjusted properly, as specified in this sec-tion. Check the adjustment after someoneelse uses the seat. Do not attach anythingto the head restraint/headrest stalks orremove the head restraint/headrest. Donot use the seat if the headrestraint/headrest has been removed. Ifthe head restraint/headrest was re-moved, reinstall and properly adjust thehead restraint/headrest before an occu-pant uses the seating position. Failure tofollow these instructions can reduce theeffectiveness of the headrestraints/headrests. This may increasethe risk of serious injury or death in acollision.

The illustration shows the seating positionsequipped with head restraints/headrests.

� Indicates the seating position isequipped with a head restraint.

� Indicates the seating position is equippedwith a headrest.

+ Indicates the seating position is notequipped with a head restraint or headrest(if applicable).

∙ Your vehicle is equipped with a headrestraint/headrest that may be inte-grated, adjustable or non-adjustable.

LRS2515

HEAD RESTRAINTS/HEADRESTS


∙ Adjustable head restraints/headrestshave multiple notches along the stalk(s)to lock them in a desired adjustmentposition.

∙ The non-adjustable head restraints/headrests have a single locking notchto secure them to the seat frame.

∙ Proper Adjustment:

– For the adjustable type, align thehead restraint/headrest so the cen-ter of your ear is approximately levelwith the center of the headrestraint/headrest.

– If your ear position is still higher thanthe recommended alignment, placethe head restraint/headrest at thehighest position.

∙ If the head restraint/headrest has beenremoved, ensure that it is reinstalledand locked in place before riding in thatdesignated seating position.

ADJUSTABLE HEAD RESTRAINT/HEADREST COMPONENTS

1. Removable head restraint/headrest

2. Multiple notches

3. Lock knob

4. Stalks

NON-ADJUSTABLE HEADRESTRAINT/HEADRESTCOMPONENTS

1. Removable head restraint/headrest

2. Single notch

3. Lock knob

4. Stalks

LRS2300 LRS2299


REMOVEUse the following procedure to remove thehead restraint/headrest:

1. Pull the head restraint/headrest up tothe highest position.

2. Push and hold the lock knob.

3. Remove the head restraint/headrestfrom the seat.

4. Store the head restraint/headrestproperly in a secure place so it is notloose in the vehicle.

5. Reinstall and properly adjust the headrestraint/headrest before an occupantuses the seating position.

INSTALL1. Align the head restraint/headrest

stalks with the holes in the seat. Makesure that the head restraint/headrest isfacing the correct direction. The stalkwith the notch (notches) �1 must beinstalled in the hole with the lock knob�2 .

2. Push and hold the lock knob and pushthe head restraint/headrest down.

3. Properly adjust the head restraint/headrest before an occupant uses theseating position.

LRS2302 LRS2303


ADJUSTFor adjustable head restraint/headrest

Adjust the head restraint/headrest so thecenter is level with the center of your ears. Ifyour ear position is still higher than therecommended alignment, place the headrestraint/headrest at the highest position.

For non-adjustable head restraint/headrest

Make sure the head restraint/headrest ispositioned so the lock knob is engaged inthe notch before riding in that designatedseating position.

RaiseTo raise the head restraint/headrest, pull itup.


WRS0134 LRS2351 LRS2305


LowerTo lower, push and hold the lock knob andpush the head restraint/headrest down.


PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELTUSAGEIf you are wearing your seat belt properlyadjusted and you are sitting upright andwell back in your seat with both feet on thefloor, your chances of being injured or killedin a collision and/or the severity of injurymay be greatly reduced. NISSAN stronglyencourages you and all of your passengersto buckle up every time you drive, even ifyour seating position includes a supple-mental air bag.

Most U.S. states and Canadian provincesor territories specify that seat belts beworn at all times when a vehicle is beingdriven.

LRS2306 SSS0136

SEAT BELTS


WARNING∙ Every person who drives or rides in

this vehicle should use a seat belt atall times.

WARNING∙ The seat belt should be properly ad-

justed to a snug fit. Failure to do somay reduce the effectiveness of theentire restraint system and increasethe chance or severity of injury in anaccident. Serious injury or death canoccur if the seat belt is not wornproperly.

SSS0134 SSS0016


WARNING∙ Always route the shoulder belt over

your shoulder and across your chest.Never put the belt behind your back,under your arm or across your neck.The belt should be away from yourface and neck, but not falling off yourshoulder.

∙ Position the lap belt as low and snugas possible AROUND THE HIPS, NOTTHE WAIST. A lap belt worn too highcould increase the risk of internal inju-ries in an accident.

∙ Be sure the seat belt tongue is se-curely fastened to the proper buckle.

∙ Do not wear the seat belt inside out ortwisted. Doing so may reduce itseffectiveness.

∙ Do not allow more than one person touse the same seat belt.

∙ Never carry more people in the vehiclethan there are seat belts.

∙ If the seat belt warning light glowscontinuously while the ignition isturned ON with all doors closed and allseat belts fastened, it may indicate amalfunction in the system. Have thesystem checked. It is recommendedthat you visit a NISSAN dealer for thisservice.

∙ No changes should be made to theseat belt system. For example, do notmodify the seat belt, add material, orinstall devices that may change theseat belt routing or tension. Doing somay affect the operation of the seatbelt system. Modifying or tamperingwith the seat belt system may resultin serious personal injury.

∙ Once seat belt pretensioner(s) haveactivated, they cannot be reused andmust be replaced together with theretractor. It is recommended that youvisit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

∙ All seat belt assemblies, including re-tractors and attaching hardware,should be inspected after any colli-sion. It is recommended that you visita NISSAN dealer for this service.NISSAN recommends that all seat beltassemblies in use during a collision bereplaced unless the collision was mi-nor and the belts show no damageand continue to operate properly.Seat belt assemblies not in use duringa collision should also be inspectedand replaced if either damage or im-proper operation is noted.

∙ All child restraints and attachinghardware should be inspected afterany collision. Always follow the re-straint manufacturer’s inspection in-structions and replacement recom-mendations. The child restraintsshould be replaced if they aredamaged.

SSS0014


SEAT BELT WARNING LIGHTBoth the driver’s and passenger’s frontseats are equipped with a seat belt warn-ing light. The warning light, located on theinstrument panel, will show the status ofthe driver and passenger seat belt.

NOTE:

The front passenger seat belt warninglight will not light up if the seat is notoccupied.

For additional information, refer to “Warn-ing lights, indicator lights and audible re-minders” in the “Instruments and controls”section of this manual.

PREGNANT WOMENNISSAN recommends that pregnantwomen use seat belts. The seat belt shouldbe worn snug and always position the lapbelt as low as possible around the hips, notthe waist. Place the shoulder belt over yourshoulder and across your chest. Never runthe lap/shoulder belt over your abdominalarea. Contact your doctor for specific rec-ommendations.

INJURED PERSONSNISSAN recommends that injured personsuse seat belts. Check with your doctor forspecific recommendations.

THREE-POINT TYPE SEAT BELTWITH RETRACTOR

WARNING∙ Every person who drives or rides in

this vehicle should use a seat belt atall times.

∙ Do not ride in a moving vehicle whenthe seatback is reclined. This can bedangerous. The shoulder belt will notbe against your body. In an accident,you could be thrown into it and re-ceive neck or other serious injuries.You could also slide under the lap beltand receive serious internal injuries.

∙ For the most effective protectionwhen the vehicle is in motion, the seatshould be upright. Always sit wellback and upright in the seat with bothfeet on the floor and adjust the seatbelt properly.

LRS0786


∙ Do not allow children to play with theseat belts. Most seating positions areequipped with Automatic Locking Re-tractor (ALR) mode seat belts. If theseat belt becomes wrapped around achild’s neck with the ALR mode acti-vated, the child can be seriously in-jured or killed if the seat belt retractsand becomes tight. This can occureven if the vehicle is parked. Unbucklethe seat belt to release the child. If theseat belt cannot be unbuckled or isalready unbuckled, release the childby cutting the seat belt with a suitabletool (such as a knife or scissors) torelease the seat belt. Fastening the seat belts

1. Adjust the seat. For additional informa-tion, refer to “Seats” in this section.

2. Slowly pull the seat belt out of the re-tractor and insert the tongue into thebuckle until you hear and feel the latchengage.

∙ The retractor is designed to lockduring a sudden stop or on impact.A slow pulling motion permits theseat belt to move, and allows yousome freedom of movement in theseat.

∙ If the seat belt cannot be pulledfrom its fully retracted position,firmly pull the belt and release it.Then smoothly pull the belt out ofthe retractor.

LRS2208 LRS2043


3. Position the lap belt portion low andsnug on the hips as shown.

4. Pull the shoulder belt portion towardthe retractor to take up extra slack. Besure the shoulder belt is routed overyour shoulder and across your chest.

The front passenger seat three-point seatbelt has two modes of operation:

∙ Emergency Locking Retractor (ELR)

∙ Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR)

The ELR mode allows the seat belt to ex-tend and retract to allow the driver andpassengers some freedom of movementin the seat. The ELR locks the seat beltwhen the vehicle slows down rapidly orduring certain impacts.

The ALR mode (child restraint mode) locksthe seat belt for child restraint installation.

When the ALR mode is activated, the seatbelt cannot be extended again until theseat belt tongue is detached from thebuckle and fully retracted. The seat belt re-turns to the ELR mode after the seat beltfully retracts. For additional information, re-fer to “Child restraints” in this section.

The ALR mode should be used only forchild restraint installation. During nor-mal seat belt use by a passenger, the ALRmode should not be activated. If it is ac-tivated it may cause uncomfortable seatbelt tension. It can also change the op-eration of the front passenger air bag.For additional information, refer to“Front passenger air bag and statuslight” in this section.

WARNINGWhen fastening the seat belts, be cer-tain that the seatbacks are completelysecured in the latched position. If theyare not completely secured, passengersmay be injured in an accident or suddenstop.

LRS2044


Unfastening the seat beltsTo unfasten the seat belt, press the buttonon the buckle �1 . The seat belt automati-cally retracts.

Checking seat belt operationSeat belt retractors are designed to lockseat belt movement by two separatemethods:

∙ When the seat belt is pulled quickly fromthe retractor

∙ When the vehicle slows down rapidly

To increase your confidence in the seatbelts, check the operation as follows:

∙ Grasp the shoulder belt and pull for-ward quickly. The retractor should lockand restrict further belt movement.

If the retractor does not lock during thischeck, get the system checked. It is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer forthis service, or to learn more about seatbelt operation.

Shoulder belt height adjustment(driver’s side)The shoulder belt anchor height should beadjusted to the position best for you. Foradditional information, refer to “Precau-tions on seat belt usage” in this section. Toadjust, pull out �1 the adjustment buttonand move the shoulder belt anchor �2 tothe desired position, so the belt passesover the center of the shoulder. The beltshould be away from your face and neck,but not falling off your shoulder. Releasethe adjustment button to lock the shoulderbelt anchor into position.

WRS0139Driver’s side

LRS2912


WARNING∙ After adjustment, release the adjust-

ment button and try to move theshoulder belt anchor up and down tomake sure it is securely fixed inposition.

∙ The shoulder belt anchor heightshould be adjusted to the positionbest for you. Failure to do so may re-duce the effectiveness of the entirerestraint system and increase thechance or severity of injury in anaccident.

SEAT BELT EXTENDERSIf, because of body size or driving position, itis not possible to properly fit thelap/shoulder belt and fasten it, an extenderthat is compatible with the installed seatbelts is available for purchase. The ex-tender adds approximately 8 in (200 mm)of length and may be used for either thedriver or front passenger seating position.It is recommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for assistance with purchasing anextender if an extender is required.

WARNING∙ Only NISSAN seat belt extenders,

made by the same company whichmade the original equipment seatbelts, should be used with NISSANseat belts.

∙ Adults and children who can use thestandard seat belt should not use anextender. Such unnecessary usecould result in serious personal injuryin the event of an accident.

∙ Never use seat belt extenders to in-stall child restraints. If the child re-straint is not secured properly, thechild could be seriously injured orkilled in a collision or a sudden stop.

SEAT BELT MAINTENANCE∙ To clean the seat belt webbing, apply

a mild soap solution or any solution rec-ommended for cleaning upholstery orcarpet. Then wipe with a cloth and allowthe seat belts to dry in the shade. Do notallow the seat belts to retract until theyare completely dry.

∙ If dirt builds up in the shoulder beltguide of the seat belt anchors, theseat belts may retract slowly. Wipe theshoulder belt guide with a clean, drycloth.

∙ Periodically check to see that the seatbelt and the metal components, suchas buckles, tongues, retractors, flexiblewires and anchors, work properly. Ifloose parts, deterioration, cuts or otherdamage on the webbing is found, theentire seat belt assembly should be re-placed.


WARNINGDo not allow children to play with theseat belts. Most seating positions areequipped with Automatic Locking Re-tractor (ALR) mode seat belts. If the seatbelt becomes wrapped around a child’sneck with the ALR mode activated, thechild can be seriously injured or killed ifthe seat belt retracts and becomestight. This can occur even if the vehicleis parked. Unbuckle the seat belt to re-lease the child. If the seat belt cannot beunbuckled or is already unbuckled, re-lease the child by cutting the seat beltwith a suitable tool (such as a knife orscissors) to release the seat belt.

Children need adults to help protectthem. They need to be properly re-strained.

In addition to the general information inthis manual, child safety information isavailable from many other sources, includ-ing doctors, teachers, government trafficsafety offices, and community organiza-tions. Every child is different, so be sure tolearn the best way to transport your child.

There are three basic types of child re-straint systems:

∙ Rear-facing child restraint

∙ Forward-facing child restraint

∙ Booster seat

WARNING∙ Never put a rear-facing child seat in

the front seat.

∙ Never let an infant who requires theuse of a rear-facing child restraint ridein this vehicle. Do not attempt to holda child in your lap or arms.

∙ Infants and children need special pro-tection. The vehicle’s seat belts maynot fit them properly. The shoulderbelt may come too close to the face orneck. The lap belt may not fit overtheir small hip bones. In an accident,an improperly fitting seat belt couldcause serious or fatal injury. Alwaysuse appropriate child restraints.

∙ Never let a child stand or kneel on anyseat and do not allow a child in thecargo area. The child could be seri-ously injured or killed in a sudden stopor collision.

The passenger seat is not suitable for usewith a rear-facing child restraint needed forinfants. Therefore, infants should not betransported in this vehicle.

All U.S. states and Canadian provinces orterritories require the use of approved childrestraints for infants and small children. Foradditional information, refer to “Child re-straints” in this section.

A child restraint may be secured in the ve-hicle by using the vehicle seat belt. For ad-ditional information, refer to “Child re-straints” in this section.

This is especially important becauseyour vehicle has a supplemental re-straint system (air bag system) for thefront passenger. For additional informa-tion, refer to “Supplemental RestraintSystem (SRS)” in this section.

INFANTSInfants up to at least 1 year old should beplaced in a rear-facing child restraint. Be-cause a rear-facing child restraint is notsuitable for use in this vehicle, infantsshould not be transported in it.

CHILD SAFETY


SMALL CHILDRENChildren that are over 1 year old and weighat least 20 lbs. (9 kg) should remain in arear-facing child restraint as long as pos-sible up to the height or weight limit of thechild restraint. Children who outgrow theheight or weight limit of the rear-facingchild restraint and are at least 1 year oldshould be secured in a forward-facing childrestraint with a harness. Refer to the manu-facturer’s instructions for minimum andmaximum weight and height recommen-dations. NISSAN recommends that smallchildren be placed in child restraints thatcomply with Federal Motor Vehicle SafetyStandards or Canadian Motor VehicleSafety Standards. You should choose achild restraint that fits your vehicle and al-ways follow the manufacturer’s instruc-tions for installation and use.

LARGER CHILDRENChildren should remain in a forward-facingchild restraint with a harness until theyreach the maximum height or weight limitallowed by the child restraint manufac-turer.

Once a child outgrows the height or weightlimit of the harness-equipped forward-facing child restraint, NISSAN recommendsthat the child be placed in a commerciallyavailable booster seat to obtain properseat belt fit. For a seat belt to fit properly, thebooster seat should raise the child so thatthe shoulder belt is properly positionedacross the chest and the top, middle por-tion of the shoulder. The shoulder beltshould not cross the neck or face andshould not fall off the shoulder. The lap beltshould lie snugly across the lower hips orupper thighs, not the abdomen. A boosterseat can only be used in seating positionsthat have a three-point type seat belt. Thebooster seat should fit the vehicle seat andhave a label certifying that it complies withFederal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards orCanadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards.

A booster seat should be used until thechild can pass the seat belt fit test below:

∙ Are the child’s back and hips against thevehicle seatback?

∙ Is the child able to sit without slouch-ing?

∙ Do the child’s knees bend easily overthe front edge of the seat with feet flaton the floor?

∙ Can the child safely wear the seat belt(lap belt low and snug across the hipsand shoulder belt across mid-chestand shoulder)?

∙ Is the child able to use the properly ad-justed head restraint/headrest?

∙ Will the child be able to stay in positionfor the entire ride?


If you answered no to any of these ques-tions, the child should remain in a boosterseat using a three-point type seat belt.

NOTE:

Laws in some communities may followdifferent guidelines. Check local andstate regulations to confirm your child isusing the correct restraint system beforetraveling.

WARNINGNever let a child stand or kneel on anyseat and do not allow a child in thecargo area. The child could be seriouslyinjured or killed in a sudden stop orcollision.

LRS2690 ARS1098

CHILD RESTRAINTS


PRECAUTIONS ON CHILDRESTRAINTS

WARNING∙ Failure to follow the warnings and in-

structions for proper use and installa-tion of child restraints could result inserious injury or death of a child orother passengers in a sudden stop orcollision:

– The child restraint must be usedand installed properly. Always fol-low all of the child restraint manu-facturer’s instructions for installa-tion and use.

– Infants and children should neverbe held on anyone’s lap. Even thestrongest adult cannot resist theforces of a collision.

– Do not put a seat belt around botha child and another passenger.

– Even with the NISSAN Advanced AirBag System, never install a rear-facing child restraint in the frontseat. An inflating supplemental airbag could seriously injure or killyour child.

– Never let an infant who requiresthe use of a rear-facing child re-straint ride in this vehicle.

– Be sure to purchase a child re-straint that will fit the child and ve-hicle. Some child restraints maynot fit properly in your vehicle.

– Keep seatbacks as upright as pos-sible after fitting the childrestraint.

– Infants and children should alwaysbe placed in an appropriate childrestraint while in the vehicle.

∙ When the child restraint is not in use,keep it secured with a seat belt. In asudden stop or collision, loose objectscan injure occupants or damage thevehicle.

CAUTIONA child restraint in a closed vehicle canbecome very hot. Check the seatingsurface and buckles before placing achild in the child restraint.

Several manufacturers offer child re-straints for infants and children of varioussizes. When selecting any child restraint,keep the following points in mind:

∙ Choose only a restraint with a label cer-tifying that it complies with Federal Mo-tor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or Cana-dian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213.

∙ Check the child restraint in your vehicleto be sure it is compatible with the vehi-cle’s seat and seat belt system.

WRS0256


∙ If the child restraint is compatible withyour vehicle, place your child in the childrestraint and check the various adjust-ments to be sure the child restraint iscompatible with your child. Choose achild restraint that is designed for yourchild’s height and weight. Always followall recommended procedures.

∙ Be sure to follow the child restraintmanufacturer’s instructions for installa-tion.

All U.S. states and Canadian provinces orterritories require that infants and smallchildren be restrained in an approvedchild restraint at all times while the ve-hicle is being operated. Canadian law re-quires the top tether strap on forward-facing child restraints be secured to thedesignated anchor point on the vehicle.

TOP TETHER ANCHOR

WARNING∙ Do not allow cargo to contact the top

tether strap when it is attached to thetop tether anchor. Properly secure thecargo so it does not contact the toptether strap. Cargo that is not properlysecured or cargo that contacts the toptether strap may damage it during acollision. A child could be seriously in-jured or killed in a collision if the toptether strap is damaged.

∙ Child restraint anchorages are de-signed to withstand only those loadsimposed by correctly fitted child re-straints. Under no circumstances arethey to be used to attach adult seatbelts, or other items or equipment tothe vehicle. Doing so could damagethe child restraint anchorages. Thechild restraint will not be properly in-stalled using the damaged anchor-ages, and a child could be seriouslyinjured or killed in a collision.

1. Top tether strap

2. Anchor point

Top tether anchor point locationThe anchor point is located on the frontpassenger seatback as shown.

LRS2050


REAR-FACING CHILD RESTRAINTINSTALLATION USING THE SEATBELTS

WARNING∙ Never install a rear-facing child re-

straint in the front seat. An inflatingsupplemental air bag could seriouslyinjure or kill your child.

∙ Never let an infant who requires theuse of a rear-facing child restraint ridein this vehicle.

FORWARD-FACING CHILDRESTRAINT INSTALLATION USINGTHE SEAT BELTS

WARNINGThe three-point seat belt with Auto-matic Locking Retractor (ALR) must beused when installing a child restraint.Failure to use the ALR mode will result inthe child restraint not being properlysecured. The restraint could tip over orbe loose and cause injury to a child in asudden stop or collision. Also, it canchange the operation of the front pas-senger air bag. For additional informa-tion, refer to “Front passenger air bagand status light” in this section. For additional information, refer to all Warn-

ings and Cautions in the “Child safety” and“Child restraints” sections of this manualbefore installing a child restraint.

Follow these steps to install a forward-facing child restraint using the vehicle seatbelt in the front passenger seat:

1. If you must install a child restraint inthe front seat, it should be placed in aforward-facing direction only. Movethe seat to the rearmost position.Child restraints for infants must beused in the rear-facing direction and,

WRS0256Forward-facing (front passenger seat) –

step 1

WRS0699


therefore, must not be used in thefront seat.

2. Position the child restraint on the seat.Always follow the child restraint manu-facturer’s instructions.

The back of the child restraint shouldbe secured against the vehicle seat-back.

If necessary, adjust or remove the headrestraint/headrest to obtain the cor-rect child restraint fit. If the headrestraint/headrest is removed, store itin a secure place. Be sure to reinstallthe head restraint/headrest whenthe child restraint is removed. For ad-ditional information, refer to “Headrestraints/headrests” in this section.

3. Route the seat belt tongue through thechild restraint and insert it into thebuckle until you hear and feel the latchengage. Be sure to follow the child re-straint manufacturer’s instructions forbelt routing.

If the child restraint is equipped with atop tether strap, route the top tetherstrap and secure the tether strap tothe tether anchor point. For additionalinformation, refer to “Installing toptether strap” in this section.

Do not install child restraints that re-quire the use of a top tether strap inseating positions that do not have atop tether anchor.

Forward-facing – step 3WRS0680


4. Pull the shoulder belt until the belt isfully extended. At this time, the seat beltretractor is in the ALR mode (child re-straint mode). It reverts to ELR modewhen the seat belt is fully retracted.

5. Allow the seat belt to retract. Pull up onthe shoulder belt to remove any slackin the belt.

6. Remove any additional slack from theseat belt; press downward and rear-ward firmly in the center of the childrestraint with your knee to compressthe vehicle seat cushion and seatbackwhile pulling up on the seat belt.

7. Tighten the tether strap according tothe manufacturer’s instructions to re-move any slack.

Forward-facing – step 4LRS0667

Forward-facing – step 5LRS0668



8. After attaching the child restraint, testit before you place the child in it. Push itfrom side to side while holding the childrestraint near the seat belt path. Thechild restraint should not move morethan 1 inch (25 mm), from side to side.Try to tug it forward and check to see ifthe belt holds the restraint in place. Ifthe restraint is not secure, tighten theseat belt as necessary, or put the re-straint in another seat and test it again.You may need to try a different childrestraint. Not all child restraints fit in alltypes of vehicles.

9. Check to make sure the child restraintis properly secured prior to each use. Ifthe seat belt is not locked, repeatsteps 4 through 8.

10. If the child restraint is installed in thefront passenger seat, place the ignitionswitch in the ON position. The frontpassenger air bag status lightshould illuminate. If this light is not illu-minated refer to “Front passenger airbag and status light” in this section.Have the system checked. It is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealerfor this service.

After the child restraint is removed and theseat belt is fully retracted, the ALR mode(child restraint mode) is canceled.




�A Top tether strap

�B Anchor point

Installing top tether strap (frontpassenger seat)The child restraint top tether strap must beused when installing the child restraint withthe seat belts.

First, secure the child restraint with the seatbelt.

WARNINGChild restraint anchorages are de-signed to withstand only those loadsimposed by correctly fitted child re-straints. Under no circumstances arethey to be used to attach adult seatbelts, or other items or equipment tothe vehicle. Doing so could damage thechild restraint anchorages. The child re-straint will not be properly installed us-ing the damaged anchorage, and achild could be seriously injured or killedin a collision.

1. If necessary, raise or remove the headrestraint/headrest to position the toptether strap �A over the top of the seat-back. If the head restraint/headrest isremoved, store it in a secure place. Besure to reinstall the headrestraint/headrest when the child re-straint is removed. For additional in-formation, refer to “Headrestraints/headrests” in this section.

2. Route the top tether strap �A betweenthe head restraint/headrest and thetop of the seatback.

3. Secure the tether strap to the tetheranchor point �B as shown.

4. Refer to the appropriate child restraintinstallation procedure steps in this sec-tion before tightening the tether strap.

If you have any questions when install-ing a top tether strap, it is recommendedthat you visit a NISSAN dealer for thisservice.

BOOSTER SEATSFor additional information on installing abooster seat in your vehicle, follow the in-structions outlined in this section.

Precautions on booster seats

WARNINGIf a booster seat and seat belt are notused properly, the risk of a child beinginjured or killed in a sudden stop or col-lision greatly increases:

– Make sure the shoulder portion ofthe belt is away from the child’sface and neck and the lap portionof the belt does not cross thestomach.

Front passenger seatLRS2470


– Make sure the shoulder belt is notbehind the child or under thechild’s arm.

– A booster seat must only be in-stalled in a seating position thathas a lap/shoulder belt.

A. Low back booster seatB. High back booster seat

Booster seats of various sizes are offeredby several manufacturers. When selectingany booster seat, keep the following pointsin mind:

∙ Choose only a booster seat with a labelcertifying that it complies with FederalMotor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 orCanadian Motor Vehicle Safety Stan-dard 213.

∙ Check the booster seat in your vehicleto be sure it is compatible with the vehi-cle’s seat and seat belt system.

LRS2479 LRS2047


∙ Make sure the child’s head will be prop-erly supported by the booster seat orvehicle seat. The seatback must be ator above the center of the child’s ears.For example, if a low back booster seatis chosen, the vehicle seatback must beat or above the center of the child’s ears.If the seatback is lower than the centerof the child’s ears, a high back boosterseat should be used.

∙ If the booster seat is compatible withyour vehicle, place the child in thebooster seat and check the various ad-justments to be sure the booster seat iscompatible with the child. Always followall recommended procedures.

All U.S. states and Canadian provinces orterritories require that infants and smallchildren be restrained in an approvedchild restraint at all times while the ve-hicle is being operated.

The instructions in this section apply tobooster seat installation in the front pas-senger seat.

Booster seat installation

WARNINGTo avoid injury to child, do not use thelap/shoulder belt in the AutomaticLocking Retractor (ALR) mode when us-ing a booster seat with the seat belts.

For additional information, refer to all Warn-ings and Cautions in the “Child safety”,“Child restraints” and “Booster seats” sec-tions of this manual before installing a childrestraint.

Follow these steps to install a booster seatin the front passenger seat:

1. If you must install a booster seat inthe front seat, move the seat to therearmost position.

2. Position the booster seat on the seat.Only place it in a front-facing direction.Always follow the booster seat manu-facturer’s instructions.

LRS0454 WRS0699


3. The booster seat should be positionedon the vehicle seat so that it is stable.

If necessary, adjust or remove the headrestraint/headrest to obtain the cor-rect booster seat fit. If the headrestraint/headrest is removed, store itin a secure place. Be sure to reinstallthe head restraint/headrest whenthe booster seat is removed. For ad-ditional information, refer to “Headrestraints/headrests” in this section.

If the seating position does not havean adjustable head restraint/headrestand it is interfering with the proper

booster seat fit, try another seatingposition or a different booster seat.

4. Position the lap portion of the seat beltlow and snug on the child’s hips. Besure to follow the booster seat manu-facturer’s instructions for adjusting theseat belt routing.

5. Pull the shoulder belt portion of theseat belt toward the retractor to takeup extra slack. Be sure the shoulderbelt is positioned across the top,middle portion of the child’s shoulder.Be sure to follow the booster seatmanufacturer’s instructions for adjust-ing the seat belt routing.

6. Follow the warnings, cautions and in-structions for properly fastening a seatbelt shown in “Three-point type seatbelt with retractor” in this section.

7. If the booster seat is installed in thefront passenger seat, place the ignitionswitch in the ON position. The front pas-senger air bag status light may ormay not illuminate, depending on thesize of the child and the type of boosterseat being used. For additional infor-mation, refer to “Front passenger airbag and status light” in this section.

Front passenger positionLRS0454 WRS0475


PRECAUTIONS ON SRSThis SRS section contains important infor-mation concerning the following systems:

∙ Driver and front passenger supplemen-tal front-impact air bag (NISSAN Ad-vanced Air Bag System)

∙ Front seat-mounted side-impactsupplemental air bag

∙ Roof-mounted curtain side-impact androllover supplemental air bag

∙ Seat belt with pretensioner(s) (frontseats)

Supplemental front-impact air bag sys-tem

The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System canhelp cushion the impact force to the headand chest of the driver and front passengerin certain frontal collisions.

Front seat-mounted side-impactsupplemental air bag system

This system can help cushion the impactforce to the chest area of the driver andfront passenger in certain side-impact col-lisions. The side air bags are designed toinflate on the side where the vehicle is im-pacted.

Roof-mounted curtain side-impact androllover supplemental air bag system

This system can help cushion the impactforce to the head of occupants in frontseating positions in certain side-impactcollisions. The curtain air bags are de-signed to inflate on the side where the ve-hicle is impacted. In a rollover, the curtainair bags are designed to inflate and remaininflated for a short time.

The SRS is designed to supplement thecrash protection provided by the driver andfront passenger seat belts and is not asubstitute for them. Seat belts should al-ways be correctly worn and the occupantseated a suitable distance away from thesteering wheel, instrument panel and doorfinishers. For additional information, referto “Seat belts” in this section.

The supplemental air bags operate onlywhen the ignition switch is placed in theON position.

After placing the ignition switch in theON position, the supplemental air bagwarning light illuminates. The supple-mental air bag warning light will turn offafter about 7 seconds if the system isoperational.

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM(SRS)


WARNING∙ The front air bags ordinarily will not

inflate in the event of a side impact,rear impact, rollover, or lower severityfrontal collision. Always wear yourseat belts to help reduce the risk orseverity of injury in various kinds ofaccidents.

∙ The front passenger air bag will notinflate if the passenger air bag statuslight is lit. For additional information,refer to “Front passenger air bag andstatus light” in this section.

∙ The seat belts and the front air bagsare most effective when you are sit-ting well back and upright in the seat.The front air bags inflate with greatforce. Even with the NISSAN AdvancedAir Bag System, if you are unre-strained, leaning forward, sitting side-ways or out of position in any way, youare at greater risk of injury or death ina crash. You may also receive seriousor fatal injuries from the front air bagif you are up against it when it inflates.Always sit back against the seatback

and as far away as practical from thesteering wheel or instrument panel.Always properly use the seat belts.

∙ The driver and front passenger seatbelt buckles are equipped with sen-sors that detect if the seat belts arefastened. The NISSAN Advanced AirBag System monitors the severity of acollision and seat belt usage, then in-flates the air bags as needed. Failureto properly wear seat belts can in-crease the risk or severity of injury inan accident.

∙ The front passenger seat is equippedwith an occupant classification sen-sor (weight sensor) that turns thefront passenger air bag OFF undersome conditions. This sensor is onlyused in this seat. Failure to be properlyseated and wearing the seat belt canincrease the risk or severity of injury inan accident. For additional informa-tion, refer to “Front passenger air bagand status light” in this section.

∙ Keep hands on the outside of thesteering wheel. Placing them insidethe steering wheel rim could increasethe risk that they are injured when thefront air bag inflates.

WRS0031


WARNING∙ Never let children ride unrestrained or

extend their hands or face out of thewindow. Do not attempt to hold themin your lap or arms. Some examples ofdangerous riding positions are shownin the illustrations.

ARS1133 ARS1041


WARNING∙ Children may be severely injured or

killed when the front air bags, side airbags or curtain air bags inflate if theyare not properly restrained.

ARS1042 ARS1043 ARS1044


WARNING∙ Even with the NISSAN Advanced Air

Bag System, never install a rear-facing child restraint in the front seat.An inflating front air bag could seri-ously injure or kill your child. For addi-tional information, refer to “Child re-straints” in this section.

WARNINGFront seat-mounted side-impactsupplemental air bags and roof-mounted curtain side-impact and roll-over supplemental air bags:

∙ The side air bags and curtain air bagsordinarily will not inflate in the eventof a frontal impact, rear impact, orlower severity side collision. Alwayswear your seat belts to help reducethe risk or severity of injury in variouskinds of accidents.

ARS1045 ARS1046 WRS0431


WARNING∙ The seat belts, the side air bags and

curtain air bags are most effectivewhen you are sitting well back andupright in the seat with both feet onthe floor. The side air bag and curtainair bag inflate with great force. Do notallow anyone to place their hand, legor face near the side air bag on theside of the seatback of the front seator near the side roof rails. Do not allowanyone sitting in the front seats to ex-tend their hand out of the window orlean against the door. Some examplesof dangerous riding positions areshown in the previous illustrations.

∙ Do not use seat covers on the frontseatbacks. They may interfere withside air bag inflation.

SSS0162 SSS0159


CAUTION∙ Due to potential electrical component

damage be careful to avoid spills nearthe center console, and immediatelywipe any spilled liquids.

∙ DO NOT place uncovered or uncappedliquids, such as drinks, in the cupholders.

LIC3714

LRS2970


NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System(front seats)

1. Roof-mounted curtain side-impactand rollover supplemental air bags

2. Supplemental front-impact air bagmodules

3. Crash zone sensor

4. Air bag Control Unit (ACU)

5. Occupant classification sensor (weightsensor)

6. Satellite sensors (passenger’s sideshown; driver’s side similar)

7. Front seat-mounted side-impactsupplemental air bag modules (pas-senger’s side shown; driver’s side simi-lar)

8. Satellite sensors (passenger’s sideshown; driver’s side similar)

WARNINGTo ensure proper operation of the pas-senger’s NISSAN Advanced Air Bag Sys-tem, please observe the followingitems.

∙ Do not place heavy loads heavier than9.1 lbs. (4 kg) on the seatback, headrestraint/headrest or in the seatbackpocket.

∙ Make sure that there is nothing press-ing against the rear of the seatback,such as an object stored on the floor.

∙ Make sure that there is no objectplaced under the front passengerseat.

∙ Make sure that there is no objectplaced between the seat cushion andcenter console or between the seatcushion and the door.

∙ If a forward-facing child restraint isinstalled in the front passenger seat,do not position the front passengerseat so the child restraint contacts theinstrument panel. If the child restraintdoes contact the instrument panel,the system may determine the seat isoccupied and the passenger air bagmay deploy in a collision. Also thefront passenger air bag status lightmay not illuminate. For additional in-formation, refer to “Child restraints” inthis section.

∙ Confirm the operating condition withthe front passenger air bag statuslight.

∙ If you notice that the front passengerair bag status light is not operating asdescribed in this section, get the oc-cupant classification system checked.It is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer for this service.

∙ Until you have confirmed with adealer that your passenger seat occu-pant classification system is workingproperly, do not position the occu-pants in this seating position.

This vehicle is equipped with the NISSANAdvanced Air Bag System for the driver andfront passenger seats. This system is de-signed to meet certification requirementsunder U.S. regulations. It is also permitted inCanada. However, all of the information,cautions and warnings in this manualstill apply and must be followed.

The driver supplemental front-impact airbag is located in the center of the steeringwheel. The front passenger supplementalfront-impact air bag is mounted in thedashboard above the glove box. The frontair bags are designed to inflate in higherseverity frontal collisions, although they


may inflate if the forces in another type ofcollision are similar to those of a higherseverity frontal impact. They may not in-flate in certain frontal collisions. Vehicledamage (or lack of it) is not always an indi-cation of proper front air bag system op-eration.

The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag Systemmonitors information from the crash zonesensor, the Air bag Control Unit (ACU), seatbelt buckle sensors and occupation classi-fication sensor (weight sensor). Inflator op-eration is based on the severity of a colli-sion and seat belt usage for the driver. Forthe front passenger, the occupant classifi-cation sensor is also monitored. Based oninformation from the sensor, only one frontair bag may inflate in a crash, depending onthe crash severity and whether the frontoccupants are belted or unbelted. Addi-tionally, the front passenger air bag may beautomatically turned off under some con-ditions, depending on the weight detectedon the front passenger seat and how theseat belt is used. If the front passenger airbag is OFF, the front passenger air bag sta-tus light will be illuminated. For additionalinformation, refer to “Front passenger airbag and status light” in this section. Onefront air bag inflating does not indicate im-proper performance of the system.

If you have any questions about your airbag system, it is recommended that youvisit a NISSAN dealer to obtain informationabout the system. If you are consideringmodification of your vehicle due to a dis-ability, you may also contact NISSAN. Con-tact information is contained in the front ofthis Owner’s Manual.

When a front air bag inflates, a fairly loudnoise may be heard, followed by the re-lease of smoke. This smoke is not harmfuland does not indicate a fire. Care should betaken to not inhale it, as it may cause irrita-tion and choking. Those with a history of abreathing condition should get fresh airpromptly.

Front air bags, along with the use of seatbelts, help to cushion the impact force onthe face and chest of the front occupants.They can help save lives and reduce seri-ous injuries. However, an inflating front airbag may cause facial abrasions or otherinjuries. Front air bags do not provide re-straint to the lower body.

Even with NISSAN Advanced Air Bags, seatbelts should be correctly worn and thedriver and front passenger seated uprightas far as practical away from the steeringwheel or instrument panel. The front air

bags inflate quickly in order to help protectthe front occupants. Because of this, theforce of the front air bag inflating can in-crease the risk of injury if the occupant istoo close to, or is against, the front air bagmodule during inflation.

The front air bags deflate quickly after acollision.

The front air bags operate only when theignition switch is in the ON position.



Front passenger air bag and status light

WARNINGThe front passenger air bag is designedto automatically turn OFF under someconditions. Read this section carefullyto learn how it operates. Proper use ofthe seat, seat belt and child restraints isnecessary for most effective protec-tion. Failure to follow all instructions inthis manual concerning the use ofseats, seat belts and child restraints canincrease the risk or severity of injury inan accident.

Status light

The front passenger seat is equipped withan occupant classification sensor (weightsensor) that turns the front passenger airbag on or off depending on the weight ap-plied to the front passenger seat. The sta-tus of the front passenger air bag (ON orOFF) is indicated by the front passenger airbag status light which is located onthe instrument panel.After the ignition switch is placed in the"ON" position, the front passenger air bagstatus light on the instrument panel illumi-nates for about 7 seconds and then turnsoff or remains illuminated depending onthe front passenger seat occupied status.The light operates as follows:

CONDITION DESCRIPTIONPASSENGER AIR BAG

STATUS LIGHT ( )FRONT PASSENGER AIR BAG STATUS

Empty Empty front passenger seat ON (illuminated) INHIBITED

Nobody/Somebody Bag or Child or Child Restraint orSmall Adult in front passenger seat ON (illuminated) INHIBITED

Adult Adult in the front passenger seat OFF (dark) ACTIVATED

In addition to the above, certain objectsplaced on the front passenger seat mayalso cause the light to operate as de-scribed above depending on their weight.

For additional information, refer to “Normaloperation” and “Troubleshooting” in thissection.

WRS0475


Front passenger air bag

The front passenger air bag is designed toautomatically turn OFF when the vehicle isoperated under some conditions as de-scribed below in accordance with U.S. regu-lations. If the front passenger air bag is OFF,it will not inflate in a crash. The driver air bagand other air bags in your vehicle are notpart of this system.

The purpose of the regulation is to helpreduce the risk of injury or death from aninflating air bag to certain front passengerseat occupants, such as children, by requir-ing the air bag to be automatically turnedOFF. Certain sensors are used to meet therequirements.

The occupant classification sensor in thisvehicle is a weight sensor. It is designed todetect an occupant and objects on theseat by weight. For example, if a child is inthe front passenger seat, the NISSAN Ad-vanced Air Bag System is designed to turnthe front passenger air bag OFF in accor-dance with the regulations. Also, if a childrestraint of the type specified in the regula-tions is on the seat, its weight and thechild’s weight can be detected and causethe air bag to turn OFF.

Front passenger seat adult occupants whoare properly seated and using the seat beltas outlined in this manual should notcause the front passenger air bag to beautomatically turned OFF. For small adultsit may be turned OFF, however if the occu-pant takes his/her weight off the seatcushion (for example, by not sitting upright,by sitting on an edge of the seat, or byotherwise being out of position), this couldcause the sensor to turn the air bag OFF.Always be sure to be seated and wearingthe seat belt properly for the most effectiveprotection by the seat belt and supple-mental air bag.

The occupant classification sensor is de-signed to operate as described above toturn the front passenger air bag OFF forspecified child restraints as required by theregulations. Failing to properly secure childrestraints and to use the ALR mode mayallow the restraint to tip or move in a colli-sion or sudden stop. This can also result inthe passenger air bag inflating in a crashinstead of being OFF. For additional infor-mation, refer to “Child restraints” in this sec-tion.

If the front passenger seat is not occupied,the front passenger air bag is designed notto inflate in a crash. However, heavy objects

placed on the seat could result in air baginflation, because of the object’s weight de-tected by the occupant classification sen-sor. Other conditions could also result in airbag inflation, such as if a child is standingon the seat, or if two children are on theseat, contrary to the instructions in thismanual. Always be sure that you and allvehicle occupants are seated and re-strained properly.

Using the front passenger air bag statuslight, you can monitor when the front pas-senger air bag is automatically turned OFF.

If an adult occupant is in the seat but thefront passenger air bag status light is illu-minated (indicating that the air bag is OFF),it could be that the person is a small adult,or is not sitting on the seat properly or notusing the seat belt properly.

If a child restraint must be used in the frontseat, the front passenger air bag statuslight may or may not be illuminated, de-pending on the size of the child and thetype of child restraint being used. If the airbag status light is not illuminated (indicat-ing that the air bag might inflate in a crash),it could be that the child restraint or seatbelt is not being used properly. Make surethat the child restraint is installed properly,


the seat belt is used properly and the occu-pant is positioned properly. If the air bagstatus light is still not illuminated, do notposition an occupant or child restraint inthis seating position.

If the front passenger air bag status lightwill not illuminate even though you believethat the child restraint, the seat belts andthe occupant are properly positioned, it isrecommended that you take your vehicleto a NISSAN dealer. A NISSAN dealer cancheck system status by using a specialtool. However, until you have confirmedwith a dealer that your air bag is workingproperly, do not position an occupant orchild restraint in this seating position.

The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System andfront passenger air bag status light willtake a few seconds to register a change inthe front passenger seat status. This is nor-mal system operation and does not indi-cate a malfunction.

If a malfunction occurs in the front passen-ger air bag system, the supplemental airbag warning light , located in the me-ter and gauges area of the instrumentpanel, will be illuminated (blinking orsteadily lit). Have the system checked. It is

recommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.

Normal operation

In order for the occupant classificationsensor system to classify the front passen-ger based on weight, please follow the pre-cautions and steps outlined below:

Precautions

∙ Make sure that there are no objectsweighing over 9.1 lbs. (4 kg) hanging onthe seat or placed in the seatbackpocket.

∙ Make sure that an object is not pressingagainst the rear of the seatback.

∙ Make sure that the front passengerseat or seatback is not forced backagainst an object on the seat or floorbehind it.

∙ Make sure that there is no object placedunder the front passenger seat.

Steps

1. Adjust the seat as outlined in the “Seats”section of this manual. Sit upright, lean-ing against the seatback, and centeredon the seat cushion with your feet com-fortably extended to the floor.

2. Make sure there are no objects on yourlap.

3. Fasten the seat belt as outlined in the“Seat belts” section of this manual.Front passenger seat belt buckle sta-tus is monitored by the occupant clas-sification system, and is used as an in-put to determine occupancy status. So,it is highly recommended that the frontpassenger fasten their seat belt.

4. Remain in this position for 30 secondsallowing the system to classify thefront passenger before the vehicle isput into motion.

5. Ensure proper classification by check-ing the front passenger air bag statuslight.


NOTE:

This vehicle’s occupant classificationsensor system generally keeps the clas-sification locked during driving, so it isimportant that you confirm that thefront passenger is properly classifiedprior to driving. However, the occupantclassification sensor may recalculate theweight of the occupant under some con-ditions (both while driving and whenstopped), so front passenger seat occu-pants should continue to remain seatedas outlined above.

Troubleshooting

If you think the front passenger air bagstatus light is incorrect:

1. If the light is ON with an adult occupyingthe front passenger seat:

∙ Occupant is a small adult — the air baglight is functioning as intended. Thefront passenger air bag is suppressed.

However, if the occupant is not a smalladult, then this may be due to the followingconditions that may be interfering with theweight sensors:

∙ Occupant is not sitting upright, leaningagainst the seatback, and centered onthe seat cushion with his/her feet com-fortably extended to the floor.

∙ An object pressing against the rear ofthe seatback.

∙ Forcing the front seat or seatbackagainst an object on the seat or floorbehind it.

∙ An object placed under the front pas-senger seat.

∙ An object placed between the seatcushion and center console or betweenthe seat cushion and the door.

If the vehicle is moving, please come to astop when it is safe to do so. Check andcorrect any of the above conditions. Re-start the vehicle and wait 1 minute.

NOTE:

A system check will be performed duringwhich the front passenger air bag statuslight will remain lit for about 7 secondsinitially.

If the light is still ON after this, the personshould be advised not to ride in the frontpassenger seat and the vehicle should bechecked as soon as possible. It is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer forthis service.

2. If the light is OFF with a small adult,child or child restraint occupying thefront passenger seat.

This may be due to the following con-ditions that may be interfering with theweight sensors:

∙ Small adult or child is not sitting upright,leaning against the seatback, and cen-tered on the seat cushion with his/herfeet comfortably extended to the floor.

∙ The child restraint is not properly in-stalled, as outlined in the “Child re-straints” section of this manual.

∙ An object weighing over 9.1 lbs. (4 kg)hanging on the seat or placed in theseatback pocket.

∙ An object pressing against the rear ofthe seatback.

∙ Forcing the front seat or seatbackagainst an object on the seat or floorbehind it.


∙ An object placed under the front pas-senger seat.

∙ An object placed between the seatcushion and center console.

If the vehicle is moving, please come to astop when it is safe to do so. Check andcorrect any of the above conditions. Re-start the vehicle and wait 1 minute.

NOTE:

A system check will be performed duringwhich the front passenger air bag statuslight will remain lit for about 7 secondsinitially.

If the light is still OFF after this, the personshould be repositioned and the vehicleshould be checked as soon as possible. It isrecommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.

3. If the light is OFF with no front passen-ger and no objects on the front pas-senger seat, the vehicle should bechecked. It is recommended that youvisit a NISSAN dealer as soon as pos-sible.

Other supplemental front-impact airbag precautions

WARNING∙ Do not place any objects on the steer-

ing wheel pad or on the instrumentpanel. Also, do not place any objectsbetween any occupant and the steer-ing wheel or instrument panel. Suchobjects may become dangerous pro-jectiles and cause injury if the front airbags inflate.

∙ Immediately after inflation, severalfront air bag system components willbe hot. Do not touch them; you mayseverely burn yourself.

∙ No unauthorized changes should bemade to any components or wiring ofthe supplemental air bag system. Thisis to prevent accidental inflation ofthe supplemental air bag or damageto the supplemental air bag system.

∙ Do not make unauthorized changesto your vehicle’s electrical system,suspension system or front end struc-ture. This could affect proper opera-tion of the front air bag system.

∙ Tampering with the front air bag sys-tem may result in serious personal in-jury. Tampering includes changes tothe steering wheel and the instru-ment panel assembly by placing ma-terial over the steering wheel pad andabove the instrument panel or by in-stalling additional trim materialaround the air bag system.

∙ Removing or modifying the front pas-senger seat may affect the function ofthe air bag system and result in seri-ous personal injury.

∙ Modifying or tampering with the frontpassenger seat may result in seriouspersonal injury. For example, do notchange the front seats by placing ma-terial on the seat cushion or by install-ing additional trim material, such asseat covers, on the seat that are notspecifically designed to assure properair bag operation. Additionally, do notstow any objects under the front pas-senger seat or the seat cushion andseatback. Such objects may interferewith the proper operation of the occu-pant classification sensor (weightsensor).


∙ No unauthorized changes should bemade to any components or wiring ofthe seat belt system. This may affectthe front air bag system. Tamperingwith the seat belt system may resultin serious personal injury.

∙ It is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer for work on and aroundthe front air bag. It is also recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealerfor installation of electrical equip-ment. The Supplemental RestraintSystem (SRS) wiring harnesses*should not be modified or discon-nected. Unauthorized electrical testequipment and probing devicesshould not be used on the air bagsystem.

∙ A cracked windshield should be re-placed immediately by a qualified re-pair facility. A cracked windshieldcould affect the function of thesupplemental air bag system.

*The SRS wiring harness connectors areyellow and orange for easy identifica-tion.

When selling your vehicle, we request thatyou inform the buyer about the front airbag system and guide the buyer to theappropriate sections in this Owner’sManual.

Front seat-mounted side-impactsupplemental air bag androof-mounted curtain side-impact and rollover supplementalair bag systemsThe side air bags are located in the outsideof the seatback of the front seats. The cur-tain air bags are located in the side roofrails. All of the information, cautions andwarnings in this manual must be fol-lowed. The side air bags and curtain airbags are designed to inflate in higher se-verity side collisions, although they may in-flate if the forces in another type of collision

LRS2049


are similar to those of a higher severityimpact. They are designed to inflate on theside where the vehicle is impacted. Theymay not inflate in certain side collisions.

Vehicle damage (or lack of it) is not alwaysan indication of proper side air bag andcurtain air bag operation.

When the side air bags and curtain air bagsinflate, a fairly loud noise may be heard,followed by release of smoke. This smoke isnot harmful and does not indicate a fire.Care should be taken not to inhale it, as itmay cause irritation and choking. Thosewith a history of a breathing conditionshould get fresh air promptly.

Side air bags, along with the use of seatbelts, help to cushion the impact force onthe chest and pelvic area of the front occu-pants. Curtain air bags help to cushion theimpact force to the head of occupants inthe front seating positions. They can helpsave lives and reduce serious injuries. How-ever, an inflating side air bag and curtain airbag may cause abrasions or other injuries.Side air bags and curtain air bags do notprovide restraint to the lower body.

The seat belts should be correctly wornand the driver and passenger seated up-right as far as practical away from the sideair bag. The side air bags and curtain airbags inflate quickly in order to help protectthe occupants. Because of this, the force ofthe side air bag and curtain air bag inflatingcan increase the risk of injury if the occu-pant is too close to, or is against, these airbag modules during inflation. The side airbag will deflate quickly after the collision isover.

The curtain air bag will remain inflated for ashort time.

The side air bags and curtain air bagsoperate only when the ignition switch isplaced in the ON position.


WARNING∙ Do not place any objects near the

seatback of the front seats. Also, donot place any objects (an umbrella,bag, etc.) between the front door fin-isher and the front seat. Such objectsmay become dangerous projectilesand cause injury if a side air baginflates.

∙ Right after inflation, several side airbag and curtain air bag system com-ponents will be hot. Do not touchthem; you may severely burn yourself.

∙ No unauthorized changes should bemade to any components or wiring ofthe side air bag and curtain air bagsystems. This is to prevent damage toor accidental inflation of the side airbag and curtain air bag or damage tothe side air bag and curtain air bagsystems.

∙ Do not make unauthorized changesto your vehicle’s electrical system,suspension system or side panel. Thiscould affect proper operation of theside air bag and curtain air bagsystems.


∙ Tampering with the side air bag sys-tem may result in serious personal in-jury. For example, do not change thefront seats by placing material nearthe seatbacks or by installing addi-tional trim material, such as seat cov-ers, around the side air bag.

∙ It is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer for work on and aroundthe side air bag and curtain air bag. Itis also recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer for installation of elec-trical equipment. The SRS wiring har-nesses* should not be modified or dis-connected. Unauthorized electricaltest equipment and probing devicesshould not be used on the side air bagor curtain air bag system.

*The SRS wiring harness connectors areyellow and orange for easy identifica-tion.

When selling your vehicle, we request thatyou inform the buyer about the side air bagand curtain air bag systems and guide thebuyer to the appropriate sections in thisOwner’s Manual.

Seat belt with pretensioner(s)(front seats)

WARNING∙ The pretensioner(s) cannot be reused

after activation. They must be re-placed together with the retractorand buckle as a unit.

∙ If the vehicle becomes involved in acollision but pretensioner(s) are notactivated, be sure to have the preten-sioner system checked and, if neces-sary, replaced. It is recommended thatyou visit a NISSAN dealer for thisservice.

∙ No unauthorized changes should bemade to any components or wiring ofthe pretensioner system. This is toprevent damage to or accidental acti-vation of the pretensioner(s). Tamper-ing with the pretensioner system mayresult in serious personal injury.

∙ It is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer for work on and aroundthe pretensioner system. It is also rec-ommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for installation of electricalequipment. Unauthorized electricaltest equipment and probing devicesshould not be used on the preten-sioner system.

∙ If you need to dispose of the preten-sioner(s) or scrap the vehicle, it is rec-ommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service. Incorrect dis-posal procedures could cause per-sonal injury.

The pretensioner system may activatewith the supplemental air bag system incertain types of collisions. Working with theseat belt retractor, the pretensioner(s) helptighten the seat belt when the vehicle be-comes involved in certain types of colli-sions, helping to restrain front seat occu-pants.

The pretensioner(s) are encased within theseat belt retractor and to the seat belt an-chor affixed to the floor of the vehicle.These seat belts are used the same way asconventional seat belts.


When pretensioner(s) activate, smoke is re-leased and a loud noise may be heard. Thissmoke is not harmful and does not indi-cate a fire. Care should be taken not toinhale it, as it may cause irritation andchoking. Those with a history of a breath-ing condition should get fresh air promptly.After the pretensioner(s’) activation, loadlimiters allow the seat belt to release web-bing (if necessary) to reduce forces againstthe chest.

The supplemental air bag warninglight is used to indicate malfunctionsin the pretensioner system. For additionalinformation, refer to "Supplemental air bagwarning light" in this section. If the opera-tion of the supplemental air bag warninglight indicates there is a malfunction, havethe system checked. It is recommendedthat you visit a NISSAN dealer for this ser-vice.When selling your vehicle, we request thatyou inform the buyer about the preten-sioner system and guide the buyer to theappropriate sections in this Owner’sManual.

1. SRS Air bag warning labels

The warning labels are located on thesurface of the sun visor.

SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNINGLABELSWarning labels about the supplementalfront-impact air bag system are placed inthe vehicle as shown in the illustration.

WARNINGDo not use a rear-facing child restrainton a seat protected by an air bag infront of it. If the air bag deploys, it maycause serious injury or death.

WRS0885


SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNINGLIGHTThe supplemental air bag warning light,displaying in the instrument panel,monitors the circuits for the air bag sys-tems, pretensioner(s) and all related wiring.When the ignition switch is placed in the ONposition, the supplemental air bag warninglight illuminates for about 7 seconds andthen turns off. This means the system isoperational.

If any of the following conditions occur, thefront air bag, side air bag, curtain air bagand pretensioner systems need servicing:

∙ The supplemental air bag warning lightremains on after approximately 7 sec-onds.

∙ The supplemental air bag warning lightflashes intermittently.

∙ The supplemental air bag warning lightdoes not come on at all.

Under these conditions, the front air bag,side air bag, curtain air bag or pretensionersystems may not operate properly. Theymust be checked and repaired. It is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer forthis service.

WARNINGIf the supplemental air bag warninglight is on, it could mean that the frontair bag, side air bag, curtain air bagand/or pretensioner systems will notoperate in an accident. To help avoidinjury to yourself or others, have yourvehicle checked as soon as possible. It isrecommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.

Repair and replacementprocedureThe front air bags, side air bags, curtain airbags and pretensioner(s) are designed toinflate on a one-time-only basis. As a re-minder, unless it is damaged, the supple-mental air bag warning light remains illu-minated after inflation has occurred. Thesesystems should be repaired and/or re-placed as soon as possible. It is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer forthis service.

When maintenance work is required on thevehicle, the front air bags, side air bags,curtain air bags, pretensioner(s) and re-lated parts should be pointed out to theperson performing the maintenance. Theignition switch should always be placed inthe LOCK position when working under thehood or inside the vehicle.

LRS0100


WARNING∙ Once a front air bag, side air bag, or

curtain air bag has inflated, the airbag module will not function againand must be replaced. Additionally,the activated pretensioner(s) mustalso be replaced. The air bag moduleand pretensioner(s) should be re-placed. It is recommended that youvisit a NISSAN dealer for this service.However, the air bag module and pre-tensioner(s) cannot be repaired.

∙ The front air bag, side air bag, curtainair bag systems and the pretensionersystem should be inspected if there isany damage to the front end or sideportion of the vehicle. It is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealerfor this service.

∙ If you need to dispose of the supple-mental air bag or pretensioner sys-tems or scrap the vehicle, it is recom-mended that you visit a NISSANdealer. Incorrect disposal procedurescould cause personal injury.

∙ If there is an impact to your vehiclefrom any direction, your OccupantClassification Sensor (OCS) should bechecked to verify it is still functioningcorrectly. It is recommended that youvisit a NISSAN dealer for this service.The OCS should be checked even if noair bags deploy as a result of the im-pact. Failure to verify proper OCSfunction may result in an improper airbag deployment resulting in injury ordeath.


MEMO


2 Instruments and controls

Instrument panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2Meters and gauges. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3

Speedometer and odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6Fuel gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6Trip computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7Outside temperature display(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8

Warning lights, indicator lights and audiblereminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9

Checking lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10Warning lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10Indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15Audible reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17

Security systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18Vehicle security system (if so equipped) . . . . . 2-18NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System . . . . . . . . . 2-19

Wiper and washer switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21Switch operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21

Rear window and/or outside mirror defrosterswitch (if so equipped). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22Headlight and turn signal switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23

Headlight control switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23Daytime Running Lights (DRL) system . . . . . . . 2-24Instrument brightness control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24Turn signal switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25

Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFF switch. . . . . . 2-26Rear Sonar System (RSS) OFF switch(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-26Power outlet(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-28

Front-door pockets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-28Under-seat storage bin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-28Storage trays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29Glove box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29Cup holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-30D-Rings (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-30

Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-31Power windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-31

Interior lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-33Map lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-34Cargo light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-35

1. Vents (P. 4-11)2. Headlight/turn signal switch

(P. 2-23)3. Driver’s supplemental air bag

(P. 1-32)Horn (P. 2-25)

4. Meters and gauges (P. 2-3)Warning and indicator lights (P. 2-9)

5. Cruise control switches(if so equipped) (P. 5-18)

6. Wiper and washer switch (P. 2-21)7. Rear window and/or outside

mirror defroster switch(if so equipped) (P. 2-22)

8. Audio system*9. Passenger’s supplemental air bag

(P. 1-32)10. Glove box (P. 2-28)11. Climate controls (P. 4-11)12. Front passenger air bag status

light (P. 2-15)13. Cup holders (P. 2-28)14. Shift lever (P. 5-14)15. AUX input/USB port*16. Rear Sonar System (RSS) OFF

switch (if so equipped) (P. 5-29)17. Hazard warning flasher switch

(P. 6-2)18. Ignition switch (P. 5-8)LII2610

INSTRUMENT PANEL

2-2 Instruments and controls

19. Audio control switches*Bluetooth® Hands-Free PhoneSystem*

20. Fuel-filler door release lever (P. 3-14)Hood release lever (P. 3-13)

21. Fuse box (P. 8-18)22. Electronic outside rearview mirror

control switch (if so equipped)(P. 3-19)

23. Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFFswitch (P. 2-26)

*Refer to the separate NissanConnect®Owner’s Manual


1. Tachometer2. Speedometer3. Fuel gauge4. Odometer

Twin trip odometerTrip computer

5. Continuously Variable Transmission(CVT) position indicator

6. Instrument brightness controlknob

7. Change/reset button

LIC3131

METERS AND GAUGES

Instruments and controls 2-3

SPEEDOMETER AND ODOMETERThis vehicle is equipped with a speedom-eter and odometer. The speedometer islocated in the center of the meter cluster.The odometer is located within the tripcomputer.

SpeedometerThe speedometer indicates vehicle speed.

Odometer/Twin trip odometerThe odometer/twin trip odometer is dis-played when the ignition switch is placed inthe ON position.

The odometer �2 records the total dis-tance the vehicle has been driven.

The twin trip odometer �3 records the dis-tance of individual trips.

LIC3419 LIC3523


Changing the display

Press the change/reset button �1 tochange the display as follows:

Odometer (ODO) → Trip → Trip→ Instant fuel consumption → Average fuelconsumption → DTE (cruising range) →Outside air temperature (if so equipped) →Odometer (ODO)

Resetting the trip odometerPress the change/reset button �1 for morethan 1 second to reset the currently dis-played trip odometer to zero.

Loose fuel cap warning messagePress the change/reset button �A for morethan 1 second to reset the LOOSE FUEL CAPwarning message after the fuel cap hasbeen tightened. For additional information,refer to “Fuel-filler cap” in the “Pre-drivingchecks and adjustments” section of thismanual.

Check tire pressure warningmessageThe CHECK TIRE PRES (pressure) warningmessage is displayed when the low tirepressure warning light is illuminated andlow tire pressure is detected. Check andadjust the tire pressure to the recom-mended COLD tire pressure shown on theTire and Loading Information label. TheCHECK TIRE PRES (pressure) warning mes-sage turns off when the low tire pressurewarning light turns off.

LIC3498 LIC3134


The low tire pressure warning light remainsilluminated until the tires are inflated to therecommended COLD tire pressure. TheCHECK TIRE PRES (pressure) warning mes-sage is displayed each time the ignitionswitch is placed in the ON position as longas the low tire pressure warning light re-mains illuminated.

For additional information, refer to “Low tirepressure warning light” in this section, “TirePressure Monitoring System (TPMS)” in the“Starting and driving” section, and “Wheelsand tires” in the “Do-it-yourself ” section ofthis manual.

TACHOMETERThe tachometer indicates engine speed inrevolutions per minute (rpm). Do not revthe engine into the red zone �1 .

CAUTIONWhen engine speed approaches the redzone, reduce engine speed. Operatingthe engine in the red zone may causeserious engine damage.

FUEL GAUGEThe gauge indicates �A the approximatefuel level in the tank when the ignitionswitch is placed in the ON position.

The gauge may move slightly during brak-ing, turning, acceleration, or going up ordown hills.

The low fuel warning light will turn on whenthe amount of fuel in the tank is getting low.

LIC2107 LIC3135


Refill the fuel tank before the gauge reg-isters E (Empty).

The indicates that the fuel-filler dooris located on the passenger’s side of thevehicle.

CAUTION

∙ If the vehicle runs out of fuel, thecheck engine light may come on. Re-fuel as soon as possible. After a fewdriving trips, the light shouldturn off. If the light remains on after afew driving trips, have the systemchecked. It is recommended that youvisit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

∙ For additional information, refer to“Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)” inthis section.

TRIP COMPUTERWhen the ignition switch is placed in the ONposition, modes of the trip computer canbe selected by pressing the change/resetbutton �A on the instrument panel locatednear the speedometer. The followingmodes can be selected in the display �B :

∙ Trip A

∙ Trip B

∙ Instant fuel economy

∙ Average fuel consumption

∙ Distance to empty

Trip AMeasures the distance of one specific trip.

Trip BMeasures the distance of a second specifictrip.

Instant fuel consumptionThe instant fuel consumption mode showsthe instant fuel economy. The display up-dates instantly when driving.

Average fuel consumptionThe average fuel consumption modeshows the average fuel consumption sincethe last reset. Resetting is done by pressingthe change/reset button �A for more thanapproximately 1 second.

Distance to emptyThe distance to empty mode provides youwith an estimation of the distance that canbe driven before refueling. The range isconstantly being calculated, based on theamount of fuel in the fuel tank and theactual fuel consumption.

LIC3500


The distance to empty includes a lowrange warning feature: when the fuel levelis low, the distance to empty is automati-cally selected and the digits blink in orderto draw the driver’s attention. Press the tripcomputer change/reset button �A if youwish to return to the mode that was se-lected before the warning occurred.

When the fuel level drops even lower, thedistance to empty will display (----).

Trip computer resetPressing the change/reset button formore than 3 seconds will reset all modesexcept Trip A and distance to empty.

OUTSIDE TEMPERATURE DISPLAY(if so equipped)The outside temperature function pro-vides a display of the outside temperaturewhen the ignition switch is placed in the ONposition.

The display of positive temperatures is un-signed (blank); negative temperatures areprefixed with a minus sign.


or Anti-lock Braking System(ABS) warning light

Low windshield-washer fluid warninglight (if so equipped) Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)

or Brake warning light Power steering warning light Overdrive OFF indicator light

Charge warning light Seat belt warning light and chime Security indicator light

Door open warning light Supplemental air bag warning light Slip indicator light

Engine oil pressure warning light Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT)position indicator light Turn signal/hazard indicator lights

High temperature warning light (red) CRUISE indicator light (if so equipped) Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFFindicator light

Low fuel warning light Front passenger air bag status light

Low tire pressure warning light High beam indicator light (blue)

WARNING LIGHTS, INDICATOR LIGHTSAND AUDIBLE REMINDERS


CHECKING LIGHTSWith all doors closed, apply the parkingbrake, fasten the seat belts and place theignition switch in the ON position withoutstarting the engine. The following lights (ifso equipped) will come on:

or , , , ,The following lights (if so equipped) comeon briefly and then go off:

or , (red) , , ,

, ,If any light fails to come on or operate in away other than described, it may indicate aburned-out bulb and/or a system mal-function. Have the system checked. It isrecommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.

WARNING LIGHTSThis vehicle has various warning lights thatmay illuminate to indicate a potential prob-lem. For additional information, refer to thespecific light in this section.

or Anti-lock BrakingSystem (ABS)warning light

When the ignition switch is placed in the ONposition, the ABS warning light illuminatesand then turns off. This indicates the ABS isoperational.

If the ABS warning light illuminates whilethe engine is running or while driving, itmay indicate the ABS is not functioningproperly. Have the system checked. It isrecommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.

If an ABS malfunction occurs, the anti-lockfunction is turned off. The brake systemthen operates normally but without anti-lock assistance. For additional information,refer to “Brake system” in the “Starting anddriving” section of this manual.

or Brake warninglight

This light functions for both the parkingbrake and the foot brake systems.

Parking brake indicator

When the ignition switch is placed in the ONposition, the light comes on when the park-ing brake is applied.

Low brake fluid warning light

When the ignition switch is placed in the ONposition, the light warns of a low brake fluidlevel. If the light comes on while the engineis running with the parking brake not ap-plied, stop the vehicle and perform the fol-lowing:

1. Check the brake fluid level. Add brakefluid as necessary. For additional infor-mation, refer to “Brake fluid” in the “Do-it-yourself ” section of this manual.

2. If the brake fluid level is correct, havethe warning system checked. It is rec-ommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.


WARNING∙ Your brake system may not be work-

ing properly if the warning light is on.Driving could be dangerous. If youjudge it to be safe, drive carefully tothe nearest service station for repairs.Otherwise, have your vehicle towedbecause driving it could bedangerous.

∙ Pressing the brake pedal with the en-gine stopped and/or a low brake fluidlevel may increase your stopping dis-tance and braking will require greaterpedal effort as well as pedal travel.

∙ If the brake fluid level is below theMINIMUM or MIN mark on the brakefluid reservoir, do not drive until thebrake system has been checked. It isrecommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.

Charge warning light

If this light comes on while the engine isrunning, it may indicate the charging sys-tem is not functioning properly. Turn theengine off and check the generator belt. Ifthe belt is loose, broken, or missing, or if thelight remains on, have the system checked.

It is recommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.

CAUTION∙ Do not ground electrical accessories

directly to the battery terminal. Doingso will bypass the variable voltagecontrol system and the vehicle bat-tery may not charge completely. Foradditional information, refer to “Vari-able voltage control system” in the“Do-it-yourself” section of thismanual.

∙ Do not continue driving if the genera-tor belt is loose, broken or missing.

Door open warning light

This light comes on when any of the doorsare not closed securely while the ignitionswitch is placed in the ON position.

Engine oil pressurewarning light

This light warns of low engine oil pressure. Ifthe light flickers or comes on during nor-mal driving, pull off the road in a safe area,stop the engine immediately and call aNISSAN dealer or other authorized repairshop.

The engine oil pressure warning light isnot designed to indicate a low oil level.Use the dipstick to check the oil level. Foradditional information, refer to “Engine oil”in the “Do-it-yourself ” section of thismanual.

CAUTIONRunning the engine with the engine oilpressure warning light on could causeserious damage to the engine almostimmediately. Such damage is not cov-ered by the NISSAN New Vehicle LimitedWarranty. Turn off the engine as soon asit is safe to do so.

High temperature warninglight (red)

When the ignition switch is placed in the ONposition, the high temperature warninglight illuminates and then turns off. This in-dicates that the high temperature sensorin the engine coolant system is opera-tional.


CAUTIONIf the high temperature warning lightilluminates while the engine is running,it may indicate the engine temperatureis extremely high. Stop the vehiclesafely as soon as possible. If the vehicleis overheated, continuing vehicle op-eration may seriously damage the en-gine. For additional information, referto “If your vehicle overheats” in the “Incase of emergency” section of thismanual.

Low fuel warning light

This light comes on when the fuel level inthe fuel tank is getting low. Refuel as soonas it is convenient, preferably before thefuel gauge reaches 0 (Empty). There will bea small reserve of fuel in the tank whenthe fuel gauge reaches 0 (Empty).

Low tire pressure warninglight

Your vehicle is equipped with a Tire Pres-sure Monitoring System (TPMS) that moni-tors the tire pressure of all tires except thespare.

The low tire pressure warning light warnsof low tire pressure or indicates that theTPMS is not functioning properly.

After the ignition switch is placed in the ONposition, this light illuminates for about1 second and turns off.

Low tire pressure warning

If the vehicle is being driven with low tirepressure, the warning light will illumi-nate.

A CHECK TIRE PRES (pressure) warningmessage is also displayed in the odom-eter.

When the low tire pressure warning lightilluminates, you should stop and adjustthe tire pressure of all four tires to therecommended COLD tire pressure shownon the Tire and Loading Information la-bel located in the driver’s door opening.The low tire pressure warning light doesnot automatically turn off when the tirepressure is adjusted. After the tire is in-flated to the recommended pressure,the vehicle must be driven at speedsabove 16 mph (25 km/h) to activate theTPMS and turn off the low tire pressurewarning light. Use a tire pressure gaugeto check the tire pressure.

The low tire pressure warning light remainsilluminated until the tires are inflated to therecommended COLD tire pressure. TheCHECK TIRE PRES warning message is dis-played each time the ignition switch isplaced in the ON position as long as the lowtire pressure warning light remains illumi-nated.

For additional information, refer to "Checktire pressure warning message" in this sec-tion and “Tire Pressure Monitoring System(TPMS)” in the “Starting and driving” sectionand in the “In case of emergency” section ofthis manual.

TPMS malfunction

If the TPMS is not functioning properly, thelow tire pressure warning light will flash forapproximately 1 minute when the ignitionswitch is placed in the ON position. Thelight will remain on after 1 minute. Have thesystem checked. It is recommended thatyou visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.The "CHECK TIRE PRES" warning does notappear if the low tire pressure warning lightilluminates to indicate a TPMS malfunction.


For additional information, refer to “TirePressure Monitoring System (TPMS)” in the“Starting and driving” section and “Tirepressure” in the “Do-it-yourself ” section ofthis manual.

WARNING∙ Radio waves could adversely affect

electric medical equipment. Thosewho use a pacemaker should contactthe electric medical equipmentmanufacturer for the possible influ-ences before use.

∙ If the light does not illuminate withthe ignition switch placed in the ONposition, have the vehicle checked assoon as possible. It is recommendedthat you visit a NISSAN dealer for thisservice.

∙ If the light illuminates while driving,avoid sudden steering maneuvers orabrupt braking, reduce vehicle speed,pull off the road to a safe location andstop the vehicle as soon as possible.Driving with under-inflated tires maypermanently damage the tires and in-crease the likelihood of tire failure. Se-rious vehicle damage could occur andmay lead to an accident and could re-sult in serious personal injury ordeath. Check the tire pressure for allfour tires. Adjust the tire pressure tothe recommended COLD tire pressureshow on the Tire and Loading Infor-mation label located in the driver’sdoor opening to turn the low tire pres-sure warning light off. If the light stillilluminates while driving after adjust-ing the tire pressure, a tire may be flator the TPMS may be malfunctioning. Ifyou have a flat tire, replace it with aspare tire as soon as possible. If no tireis flat and all tires are properly in-flated, have the vehicle checked. It isrecommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.

∙ When replacing a wheel without theTPMS such as the spare tire, the TPMSwill not function and the low tire pres-sure warning light will flash for ap-proximately 1 minute. The light will re-main on after 1 minute. Have yourtires replaced and/or TPMS systemreset as soon as possible. It is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealerfor these services.

∙ Replacing tires with those not origi-nally specified by NISSAN could affectthe proper operation of the TPMS.

CAUTION∙ The TPMS is not a substitute for the

regular tire pressure check. Be sure tocheck the tire pressure regularly.

∙ If the vehicle is being driven at speedsof less than 16 mph (25 km/h), theTPMS may not operate correctly.

∙ Be sure to install the specified size oftires to the four wheels correctly.


Low windshield-washerfluid warning light (if soequipped)

This light comes on when the windshield-washer fluid is at a low level. Addwindshield-washer fluid as necessary. Foradditional information, refer to “Windshield-washer fluid” in the “Do-it-yourself ” sectionof this manual.

Power steering warninglight

WARNING∙ If the engine is not running or is

turned off while driving, the power as-sist for the steering will not work.Steering will be harder to operate.

∙ When the power steering warninglight illuminates with the engine run-ning, there will be no power assist forthe steering. You will still have controlof the vehicle, but the steering will beharder to operate. Have the powersteering system checked. It is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealerfor this service.

When the ignition switch is placed in the ONposition, the power steering warning lightilluminates. After starting the engine, thepower steering warning light turns off. Thisindicates the power steering is operational.If the power steering warning light illumi-nates while the engine is running, it may in-dicate the power steering is not functioningproperly and may need servicing. Have thepower steering checked. It is recommendedthat you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

When the power steering warning light illu-minates with the engine running, there willbe no power assist for the steering, but youwill still have control of the vehicle. At thistime, greater steering effort is required tooperate the steering wheel, especially insharp turns and at low speeds.

For additional information, refer to “Powersteering” in the “Starting and driving” sec-tion of this manual.

Seat belt warning light andchime

The light and chime remind you to fastenyour seat belts. The light illuminates when-ever the ignition switch is placed in the ONor START position and remains illuminateduntil the driver’s seat belt is fastened. At the

same time, the chime sounds for about6 seconds unless the driver’s seat belt issecurely fastened.

The seat belt warning light may also illumi-nate if the front passenger’s seat belt is notfastened when the front passenger’s seatis occupied. For 7 seconds after the ignitionswitch is placed in the ON position, the sys-tem does not activate the warning light forthe front passenger.

For additional information, refer to “Seatbelts” in the “Safety—Seats, seat belts andsupplemental restraint system” section ofthis manual.

Supplemental air bagwarning light

When the ignition switch is placed in the ONor START position, the supplemental airbag warning light illuminates for about7 seconds and then turns off. This meansthe system is operational.

If any of the following conditions occur, thefront air bag, side air bag, curtain air bag,and pretensioner seat belt systems needservicing:

∙ The supplemental air bag warning light re-mains on after approximately 7 seconds.


∙ The supplemental air bag warning lightflashes intermittently.

∙ The supplemental air bag warning lightdoes not come on at all.

It is recommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for these services.

Unless checked and repaired, the supple-mental restraint system (air bag system)and/or the pretensioner(s) may not func-tion properly. For additional information, re-fer to “Supplemental Restraint System(SRS)” in the “Safety—Seats, seat belts andsupplemental restraint system” section ofthis manual.

WARNINGIf the supplemental air bag warninglight is on, it could mean that the frontair bag, side air bag, curtain air bagand/or pretensioner systems will notoperate in an accident. To help avoidinjury to yourself or others, have yourvehicle checked as soon as possible. It isrecommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.

INDICATOR LIGHTSThis vehicle has various indicator lightsthat may illuminate to indicate a systemstatus. For additional information, refer tothe specific light in this section.

Continuously VariableTransmission (CVT)position indicator light

When the ignition key is turned to the ONposition, this indicator light shows the shiftlever position. For additional information,refer to “Driving the vehicle” in the “Startingand driving” section of this manual.

CRUISE indicator light (if soequipped)

The light comes on when the cruise controlON/OFF switch is pushed. The light goesout when the ON/OFF switch is pushedagain. When the CRUISE indicator lightcomes on, the cruise control system is op-erational. For additional information, referto “Cruise control” in the “Starting and driv-ing” section of this manual.

Front passenger air bagstatus light

The front passenger air bag status light willbe lit and the passenger front air bag will beoff depending on how the front passengerseat is being used.

For front passenger air bag status light op-eration, refer to “Front passenger air bagand status light” in the “Safety — Seats, seatbelts and supplemental restraint system”section of this manual.

High beam indicator light(blue)

This blue light comes on when the head-light high beams are on and goes out whenthe low beams are selected.

The high beam indicator light also comeson when the passing signal is activated.

Malfunction Indicator Light(MIL)

If this indicator light comes on steady orblinks while the engine is running, it mayindicate a potential emission control mal-function.


The may also come on steady if thefuel-filler cap is loose or missing or if thevehicle runs out of fuel. Check to make surethe fuel-filler cap is installed and closedtightly and that the vehicle has at least 3 gal(11.4 L) of fuel in the fuel tank.After a few driving trips, the lightshould turn off if no other potential emis-sion control system malfunction exists.If this indicator light comes on steady for20 seconds and then blinks for 10 secondswhen the engine is not running, it indicatesthat the vehicle is not ready for an emissioncontrol system inspection/maintenancetest. For additional information, refer to“Readiness for Inspection/Maintenance(I/M) test” in the “Technical and consumerinformation” section of this manual.

Operation

The MIL will come on in one of two ways:

∙ MIL on steady — An emission controlsystem malfunction has been de-tected. Check the fuel-filler cap. If theLOOSE FUEL CAP warning message isdisplayed in the odometer, and the fuel-filler cap is loose or missing, tighten orinstall the cap and continue to drive thevehicle. The light should turn offafter a few driving trips. If the lightdoes not turn off after a few drivingtrips, have the vehicle inspected. It isrecommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service. You do not needto have your vehicle towed to thedealer.

∙ MIL blinking — An engine misfire hasbeen detected which may damage theemission control system. To reduce oravoid emission control system dam-age:

– do not drive at speeds above45 mph (72 km/h);

– avoid hard acceleration or decelera-tion;

– avoid steep uphill grades;

– if possible, reduce the amount ofcargo being hauled.

The MIL may stop blinking and come onsteady. Have the vehicle inspected. It is rec-ommended that you visit a NISSAN dealerfor this service. You do not need to haveyour vehicle towed to the dealer.

CAUTIONContinued vehicle operation withouthaving the emission control systemchecked and repaired as necessarycould lead to poor driveability, reducedfuel economy, and possible damage tothe emission control system.

Overdrive OFF indicatorlight

The overdrive OFF indicator light illumi-nates when the overdrive OFF mode is se-lected.

For additional information, refer to “Con-tinuously Variable Transmission (CVT)” inthe “Starting and driving” section of thismanual.


Security indicator light

This light blinks when the ignition switch isplaced in the OFF, LOCK or ACC position.

The blinking security indicator light indi-cates that the security systems equippedon the vehicle are operational.

For additional information, refer to “Securitysystems” in this section.

Slip indicator light

This indicator light will blink when the VDCsystem is operating, thus alerting the driverto the fact that the road surface is slipperyand the vehicle is nearing its traction limits.

You may feel or hear the system working;this is normal.

The light will blink for a few seconds afterthe VDC system stops limiting wheel spin.

The indicator light also comes onwhen you place the ignition switch in theON position. The light will turn off after ap-proximately 2 seconds if the system is op-erational. If the light does not come onhave the system checked. It is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer forthis service.

Turn signal/hazardindicator lights

The appropriate light flashes when the turnsignal switch is activated.

Both lights flash when the hazard switch isturned on.

Vehicle Dynamic Control(VDC) OFF indicator light

This indicator light comes on when theVDC OFF switch is pushed to off. This indi-cates the VDC system has been turned off.

Push the VDC OFF switch again or restartthe engine and the system will operatenormally. For additional information, referto “Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system”in the “Starting and driving” section of thismanual.

The VDC OFF indicator light also comes onwhen you place the ignition switch in theON position. The light will turn off afterabout 2 seconds if the system is opera-tional. If the light stays on or comes onalong with the indicator light whileyou are driving, have the VDC systemchecked. It is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer for this service.

While the VDC system is operating, youmight feel a slight vibration or hear the sys-tem working when starting the vehicle oraccelerating, but this is normal.

AUDIBLE REMINDERSBrake pad wear warningThe disc brake pads have audible wearwarnings. When a disc brake pad requiresreplacement, it makes a high pitchedscraping sound when the vehicle is in mo-tion, whether or not the brake pedal is de-pressed. Have the brakes checked as soonas possible if the warning sound is heard.

Key reminder chimeA chime sounds if the driver’s door isopened while the key is left in the ignitionswitch. Remove the key and take it with youwhen leaving the vehicle.

Light reminder chimeWith the ignition switch placed in the OFFposition, a chime sounds when the driver’sdoor is opened if the headlights or parkinglights are on.

Turn the headlight control switch off beforeleaving the vehicle.


Parking brake reminder chimeA chime sounds if the parking brake is setand the vehicle is driven. The chime willstop if the parking brake is released or thevehicle speed returns to zero.

Your vehicle may have one of the followingsecurity systems:

∙ Vehicle security system

∙ NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System

VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM (if soequipped)The vehicle security system provides visualand audible alarm signals if someoneopens the doors when the system isarmed. It is not, however, a motion detec-tion type system that activates when a ve-hicle is moved or when a vibration occurs.

The system helps deter vehicle theft butcannot prevent it, nor can it prevent thetheft of interior or exterior vehicle compo-nents in all situations. Always secure yourvehicle even if parking for a brief period.Never leave your keys in the ignition, andalways lock the vehicle when unattended.Be aware of your surroundings, and park insecure, well-lit areas whenever possible.

Many devices offering additional protec-tion, such as component locks, identifica-tion markers, and tracking systems, areavailable at auto supply stores and spe-cialty shops. A NISSAN dealer may also offersuch equipment. Check with your insur-ance company to see if you may be eligiblefor discounts for various theft protectionfeatures.

How to arm the vehicle securitysystem

1. Close all windows. (The system can bearmed even if the windows are open.)

2. Remove the key from the ignitionswitch.

3. Close all doors. Lock all doors. Thedoors can be locked with the key,power door lock switch or with the keyfob.

LIC2047

SECURITY SYSTEMS


Key fob operation:

∙ Press the button on the keyfob. All doors lock. The hazard lightsflash twice and the horn beeps onceto indicate all doors are locked.

∙ When the button is pressedwith all doors locked, the hazardlights flash twice and the horn beepsonce as a reminder that the doorsare already locked.

The horn may or may not beep. Foradditional information, refer to “Silenc-ing the horn beep feature” in the “Pre-driving checks and adjustments” sec-tion of this manual.

4. Confirm that the indicator lightcomes on. The light stays on forabout 30 seconds. The vehicle securitysystem is now pre-armed. After about30 seconds the vehicle security systemautomatically shifts into the armedphase. The light begins to flashonce every 3 seconds. If, during the 30-second pre-arm time period, the dooris unlocked by the key or door lockswitch or the key fob, or any door isopen, or the ignition key is turned toACC or ON, the system will not arm.

∙ If the key is turned slowly when lock-ing the door, the system may not arm.Furthermore, if the key is turned be-yond the vertical position toward theunlock position to remove the key,the system may be disarmed whenthe key is removed. If the indicatorlight fails to glow for a period of time,unlock the door once and lock itagain.

∙ Even when the driver and/or passen-gers are in the vehicle, the system willarm with all doors closed and lockedwith the ignition key in the OFF posi-tion.

Vehicle security system activationThe vehicle security system will give thefollowing alarm:

∙ The headlights blink and the hornsounds intermittently.

∙ The alarm automatically turns off aftera period of time. However, the alarmreactivates if the vehicle is tamperedwith again. The alarm can be shut off byunlocking the driver’s door with the keyor by pressing the button on thekey fob.

The alarm is activated by:

∙ Opening a door without using the key orkey fob (even if the door is unlocked byusing the inside lock knob or the powerdoor lock switch).

How to stop an activated alarmThe alarm stops only by unlocking the driv-er’s door with the key or pressing thebutton on the key fob.

NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZERSYSTEMThe NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer Systemwill not allow the engine to start withoutthe use of a registered key.

If the engine fails to start using a registeredkey (for example, when interference iscaused by another registered key, an auto-mated toll road device or automatic pay-ment device on the key ring), restart theengine using the following procedures:

1. Leave the ignition switch in the ON po-sition for approximately 5 seconds.

2. Place the ignition switch in the OFF orLOCK position and wait approximately10 seconds.


3. Repeat steps 1 and 2.

4. Restart the engine while holding thedevice (which may have caused the in-terference) separate from the regis-tered key.

If the no start condition reoccurs, NISSANrecommends placing the registered key ona separate key ring to avoid interferencefrom other devices.

Never leave these keys in the vehicle.

FCC Notice:

For USA:

This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules. Operation is subject to the fol-lowing two conditions: (1) This devicemay not cause harmful interference, and(2) this device must accept any interfer-ence received, including interferencethat may cause undesired operation.

NOTE:

Changes or modifications not expresslyapproved by the party responsible forcompliance could void the user’s author-ity to operate the equipment.

For Canada:

This device complies with IndustryCanada licence-exempt RSS standard(s).Operation is subject to the following twoconditions: (1) this device may not causeinterference, and (2) this device must ac-cept any interference received, includinginterference that may cause undesiredoperation of the device.

Security indicator lightThis light blinks whenever the ignitionswitch is placed in the LOCK, OFF or ACCposition.

This function indicates the NISSAN VehicleImmobilizer System is operational.

If the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System ismalfunctioning, the light will remain onwhile the ignition switch is placed in the ONposition.

LIC0474


If the light still remains on and/or theengine will not start, seek service for theNISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System assoon as possible. Please bring all regis-tered keys that you have. It is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealerfor this service.

SWITCH OPERATION

WARNINGIn freezing temperatures the washersolution may freeze on the windshieldand obscure your vision which may leadto an accident. Warm the windshieldwith the defroster before you wash thewindshield.

CAUTION∙ Do not operate the washer continu-

ously for more than 30 seconds.

∙ Do not operate the washer if thewindshield-washer fluid reservoir isempty.

∙ Do not fill the windshield-washer fluidreservoir with windshield-washerfluid concentrates at full strength.Some methyl alcohol basedwindshield-washer fluid concen-trates may permanently stain thegrille if spilled while filling thewindshield-washer fluid reservoir.

∙ Pre-mix windshield-washer fluid con-centrates with water to the manufac-turer’s recommended levels beforepouring the fluid into the windshield-washer fluid reservoir. Do not use thewindshield-washer fluid reservoir tomix the windshield-washer fluid con-centrate and water.

LIC2789

WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH


NOTE:

If the windshield wiper operation is in-terrupted by snow or ice, the wiper maystop moving to protect its motor. If thisoccurs, turn the wiper switch to the OFFposition and remove the snow or ice thatis on and around the wiper arms. In ap-proximately 1 minute, turn the switch onagain to operate the wiper.

The windshield wiper and washer operateswhen the ignition switch is in the ON posi-tion.

Push the lever down to operate the wiperat the following speed:

�1 Intermittent (INT) — intermittent op-eration can be adjusted by turning theknob toward �A (Slower) or �B (Faster).

�2 Low (LO) — continuous low speed op-eration

�3 High (HI) — continuous high speed op-eration

Push the lever up �4 to have one sweepoperation (MIST ) of the wiper.

Pull the lever toward you �5 to operate thewasher. The wiper will also operate severaltimes.

To defrost the rear window and/or outsidemirrors:

Start the engine and push the rear windowdefroster switch. The rear window de-froster indicator light on the switch comeson. Push the switch again to turn the de-froster off.

The rear window defroster automaticallyturns off after approximately 15 minutes.

Type A (if so equipped)LIC0388

Type B (if so equipped)LIC4253

REAR WINDOW AND/OR OUTSIDEMIRROR DEFROSTER SWITCH (if soequipped)


HEADLIGHT CONTROL SWITCHLighting

�1 Rotate the switch to the position,and the front parking, tail, license plate,and instrument panel lights will comeon.

�2 Rotate the switch to the position,and the headlights will come on and allthe other lights remain on.

CAUTIONUse the headlights with the engine run-ning to avoid discharging the vehiclebattery.

Headlight beam select�1 To select the high beam function, push

the lever forward. The high beam lightscome on and the light illumi-nates.

�2 Pull the lever back to select the lowbeam.

�3 Pulling and releasing the lever flashesthe headlight high beams on and off.

LIC3237 LIC2128

HEADLIGHT AND TURN SIGNALSWITCH


Battery saver systemIf the ignition switch is placed in the OFFposition while the headlight switch is inthe or position, the headlightswill turn off after a period of time.

CAUTIONEven though the battery saver featureautomatically turns off the headlightsafter a period of time, you should turnthe headlight switch to the OFF positionwhen the engine is not running to avoiddischarging the vehicle battery.

DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHTS (DRL)SYSTEMThe headlights automatically illuminate ata reduced intensity when the engine isstarted with the parking brake released.The Daytime Running Lights (DRL) operatewith the headlight switch in the OFF posi-tion. Turn the headlight switch to theor position for full illumination whendriving at night.If the parking brake is applied before theengine is started, the DRL do not illuminate.The DRL illuminate when the parking brakeis released. The DRL will remain on until theignition switch is placed in the OFF position.

WARNINGWhen the DRL system is active, taillights on your vehicle are not on. It isnecessary at dusk to turn on your head-lights. Failure to do so could cause anaccident injuring yourself and others.

INSTRUMENT BRIGHTNESSCONTROLThe instrument brightness control oper-ates when the headlight control switch is inthe or position.Push the control �A to adjust the bright-ness of the instrument panel lights.

LIC2289


TURN SIGNAL SWITCHTurn signalMove the lever up or down to signal theturning direction. When the turn is com-pleted, the turn signals cancel automati-cally.

Lane change signalMove the lever up or down until the turnsignal begins to flash, but the lever doesnot latch, to signal a lane change. Hold thelever until the lane change is completed.Move the lever up or down until the turnsignal begins to flash, but the lever doesnot latch, and release the lever. The turnsignal will automatically flash three times (ifso equipped).

Choose the appropriate method to signala lane change based on road and trafficconditions.

To sound the horn, push near the horn iconon the steering wheel.

WARNINGDo not disassemble the horn. Doing socould affect proper operation of thesupplemental front air bag system.Tampering with the supplemental frontair bag system may result in seriouspersonal injury.

LIC2473 LIC2419

HORN


The vehicle should be driven with the VDCsystem on for most driving conditions.

If the vehicle is stuck in mud or snow, theVDC system reduces the engine output toreduce wheel spin. The engine speed willbe reduced even if the accelerator is de-pressed to the floor. If maximum enginepower is needed to free a stuck vehicle,turn the VDC system off.

To turn off the VDC system, push the VDCOFF switch. The indicator will comeon.

Push the VDC OFF switch again or restartthe engine to turn on the system. For addi-tional information, refer to “Vehicle Dy-namic Control (VDC) system” in the “Start-ing and driving” section of this manual.

WARNINGThe RSS is a convenience but it is not asubstitute for proper backing. Alwaysturn and check that it is safe to do sobefore backing up. Always back upslowly.

The RSS is active when the ignition switchis placed in the ON position and the shiftselector is in R (Reverse).

When sensors detect obstacles within 5.9 ft(1.8 m) of the rear bumper, a beeping tone isemitted.

LIC3344 LIC2881

VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL (VDC)OFF SWITCH

REAR SONAR SYSTEM (RSS) OFFSWITCH (if so equipped)


The RSS can be disabled by pushing theOFF switch. When the system is disabled,the indicator light on the switch will illumi-nate.

The system will automatically reset thenext time the ignition switch is placed inthe ON position.

For additional information, refer to “RearSonar System (RSS)” in the “Starting anddriving” section of this manual.

The power outlets are for powering electri-cal accessories such as cellular tele-phones. The outlet is rated at 12 volt, 120 W(10A) maximum.

CAUTION∙ The outlet and plug may be hot during

or immediately after use.

∙ Only certain power outlets are de-signed for use with a cigarette lighterunit. Do not use any other power out-let for an accessory lighter. It is rec-ommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for additional information.

∙ Do not use with accessories that ex-ceed a 12 volt, 120 W (10A) power draw.

Front ConsoleLIC2446

Rear Console – (if so equipped)LIC2447

POWER OUTLET(s)


∙ Do not use double adapters or morethan one electrical accessory.

∙ Use power outlets with the enginerunning to avoid discharging the ve-hicle battery.

∙ Avoid using power outlets when theair conditioner, headlights or rear win-dow defroster (if so equipped) is on.

∙ Before inserting or disconnecting aplug, be sure the electrical accessorybeing used is turned off.

∙ Push the plug in as far as it will go. Ifgood contact is not made, the plugmay overheat or the internal tem-perature fuse may open.

∙ When not in use, be sure to close thecap. Do not allow water or any otherliquid to contact the outlet.

FRONT-DOOR POCKETS UNDER-SEAT STORAGE BINTo open the drawer, lift up slightly and pullto open. To remove the drawer, pull to thepoint of resistance and lift up and pull.

CAUTIONTo avoid damaging the tray under theseat, cargo in the trays should not ex-ceed 4 lbs. (1.8 kg).

LIC2472 LIC2450

STORAGE


STORAGE TRAYS

WARNINGDo not place sharp objects in the traysto help prevent injury in an accident orsudden stop.

GLOVE BOXOpen the glove box by pulling the handle.

WARNINGKeep glove box lid closed while drivingto help prevent injury in an accident or asudden stop.

Instrument panelLIC3653 LIC2451 LIC2160


CUP HOLDERS

WARNINGAvoid abrupt starting and brakingwhen the cup holder is being used toprevent spilling the drink. If the liquid ishot, it can scald you or your passenger.

CAUTION∙ Use only soft cups in the cup holder.

Hard objects can injure you in anaccident.

∙ Due to potential electrical componentdamage be careful to avoid spills nearthe center console, and immediatelywipe any spilled liquids.

∙ DO NOT place uncovered or uncappedliquids, such as drinks, in the cupholders.

D-RINGS (if so equipped)There are 12 D-Rings (if so equipped) lo-cated in the cargo area as shown and canbe used to secure cargo with ropes orother types of straps.

Do not apply a total load of more than200 lbs. (890 N) to a single D-Ring whensecuring cargo.

LIC2448 LIC4254


WARNING∙ Properly secure all cargo with ropes or

straps to help prevent it from slidingor shifting. Do not place cargo higherthan the seatbacks. In a sudden stopor collision, unsecured cargo couldcause personal injury.

∙ Use suitable ropes or straps to securecargo.

∙ Never allow anyone to ride in thecargo area. It is extremely dangerousto ride in the a cargo area of a vehicle.In a collision, people riding in theseareas are more likely to be seriouslyinjured or killed.

∙ Do not allow people to ride in any areaof your vehicle that is not equippedwith seats and seat belts.

∙ Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in aseat and using a seat belt properly.

For additional information, refer to “Secur-ing the load” in the “Technical and con-sumer information” section of this manual.

POWER WINDOWS

WARNING∙ Make sure that all passengers have

their hands, etc., inside the vehiclewhile it is in motion and before closingthe windows. Use the window lockswitch to prevent unexpected use ofthe power windows.

∙ To help avoid risk of injury or deaththrough unintended operation of thevehicle and/or its systems, includingentrapment in windows or inadver-tent door lock activation, do not leavechildren, people who require the as-sistance of others or pets unattendedin your vehicle. Additionally, the tem-perature inside a closed vehicle on awarm day can quickly become highenough to cause a significant risk ofinjury or death to people and pets.

The power windows operate when the ig-nition switch is placed in the ON position orfor a period of time after the ignition switchis placed in the OFF position. If the driver’sor passenger’s door is opened during thisperiod of time, the power to the windows iscanceled.

1. Window lock button2. Power door lock switch (if so

equipped)3. Passenger side automatic switch4. Driver side automatic switchDriver’s side power window switchThe driver’s side control panel is equippedwith switches to open or close all of thewindows.To open a window, push the switch to thefirst detent and continue to hold down untilthe desired window position is reached. Toclose a window, pull the switch to the firstdetent and continue to hold up until thedesired window position is reached.

LIC2373

WINDOWS


Front passenger’s power windowswitchThe passenger’s window switch operatesonly the corresponding passenger’s win-dow. To open the window, push the switchto the first detent and continue to hold itdown until the desired window position isreached �1 . To close the window, pull theswitch to the first detent and continue tohold it up until the desired window positionis reached �2 .

Locking passengers’ windowsWhen the window lock switch is depressed,only the driver’s side window can beopened or closed. Push it again to cancelthe window lock function.

Automatic operationTo fully open a window equipped with au-tomatic operation, push the windowswitch down to the second detent and re-lease it; it need not be held. The windowautomatically opens all the way. To stopthe window, lift the switch up while the win-dow is opening.

Auto-reverse functionThe auto-reverse function can be acti-vated when a window is closed by auto-matic operation.

WIC1125 LIC0410


Depending on the environment or driv-ing conditions, the auto-reverse func-tion may be activated if an impact orload similar to something being caughtin the window occurs.

WARNINGThere are some small distances imme-diately before the closed position whichcannot be detected. Make sure that allpassengers have their hands, etc., in-side the vehicle before closing thewindow.

If the vehicle’s battery is disconnected, re-placed, or jump started, the power windowauto-reverse function may not operateproperly. If this occurs, have the power win-dow auto-reverse system re-initialized. It isrecommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.

If the control unit detects somethingcaught in a window equipped with auto-matic operation as it is closing, the windowwill be immediately lowered.

When power window switch doesnot operateIf the power window automatic function(closing only) does not operate properly,perform the following procedure to initial-ize the power window system:

1. Place the ignition switch in the ON position.

2. Open the window more than halfwayby operating the power window switch.

3. Pull the power window switch and holdit to close the window, and then holdthe switch more than 3 seconds afterthe window is closed.

4. Release the power window switch. Op-erate the window by the automaticfunction to confirm the initialization iscomplete. The power window auto-matically opens or closes dependingon if the automatic down or up func-tion is selected.

5. Perform steps 2 through 4 above forother windows.

If the power window function does not op-erate properly after performing the aboveprocedure have the system checked andrepaired. It is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer for this service.

The interior light has a three-positionswitch and operates regardless of ignitionswitch position.

When the switch is in the ON position �3 ,the light illuminates, regardless of door po-sition. The light will go off after a period oftime unless the ignition switch is placed inthe ACC or ON position.

LIC2597

INTERIOR LIGHTS


When the switch is in the DOOR position �2 ,the light will stay on for a period of timewhen:

∙ The doors are unlocked by the key orthe power door lock switch while alldoors are closed and the ignition switchis placed in the OFF position.

∙ The driver’s door is opened and thenclosed while the key is removed fromthe ignition switch.

∙ The key is removed from the ignitionswitch while all doors are closed.

The light will turn off while the timer is acti-vated when:

∙ The driver’s door is locked by the key, orthe power door lock switch.

∙ The ignition switch is placed in the ONposition.

When the switch is in the OFF position �1 ,the light does not illuminate, regardless ofdoor position.

The light will turn off automatically after aperiod of time while doors are open to pre-vent the battery from becoming dis-charged.

CAUTIONDo not use for extended periods of timewith the engine stopped. This could re-sult in a discharged battery.

MAP LIGHTSTo turn the map lights on, push the switchto the �1 position. To turn them off, pushthe switch to the �2 position.


LIC2778


CARGO LIGHTThe cargo light has a two-position switchand operates regardless of ignition switchposition.

When the switch is in the ON position, thecargo light illuminates, regardless of doorposition. The light will go off after a periodof time unless the ignition switch is placedin the ACC or ON position.

When the switch is in the OFF position, thecargo light will not illuminate, regardless ofdoor position.


LIC2675


MEMO


3 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer Systemkeys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2

Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3Locking with key. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4Locking with inside lock knob. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5Locking with power door lock switch . . . . . . . . . 3-6Operating the sliding doors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7Back doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8Automatic door locks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10

Remote keyless entry system (if so equipped) . . 3-10How to use remote keyless entrysystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-11

Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13Fuel-filler door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14

Opener operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14Fuel-filler cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14

Sun visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17Card holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17

Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18Manual anti-glare rearview mirror(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18Outside mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18

1. Master key2. Transponder chip3. Key number plateA key number plate is supplied with yourkeys. Record the key number and keep it ina safe place (such as your wallet), not in thevehicle. If you lose your keys, it is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer forduplicates by using the key number.NISSAN does not record key numbers so itis very important to keep track of your keynumber plate.

A key number is only necessary when youhave lost all your keys. If you still have a key,it can be duplicated without knowing thekey number.

1. Integrated key fob2. Key number plate

CAUTIONDo not leave the ignition key inside thevehicle when you leave the vehicle.

NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZERSYSTEM KEYSYou can only drive your vehicle using thekeys which are registered to the NISSANVehicle Immobilizer System componentsin your vehicle.

Type A (if so equipped)LPD2130

Type B (if so equipped)LPD2045

KEYS

3-2 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

The mechanical key can be used for all thelocks.

Never leave these keys in the vehicle.

Additional or replacement keys:

If you still have a key, the key number is notnecessary when you need extra NISSANVehicle Immobilizer System keys. Your ex-isting key can be duplicated without know-ing the key number. As many as fourNISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System keyscan be used with one vehicle. You shouldbring all NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer Sys-tem keys that you have to your NISSANdealer for registration. This is because theregistration process will erase the memoryof all key codes previously registered intothe NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System. Af-ter the registration process, these compo-nents will only recognize keys coded intothe NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer Systemduring registration. Any key that is notgiven to your dealer at the time of registra-tion will no longer be able to start yourvehicle.

CAUTIONDo not allow the immobilizer systemkey, which contains an electrical tran-sponder, to come into contact with wa-ter or salt water. This could affect sys-tem function.

When the doors are locked using one of thefollowing methods, the doors cannot beopened using the inside or outside doorhandles. The doors must be unlocked toopen the doors.

WARNING∙ Always have the doors locked while

driving. Along with the use of seatbelts, this provides greater safety inthe event of an accident by helping toprevent persons from being thrownfrom the vehicle. This also helps keepchildren and others from unintention-ally opening the doors, and will helpkeep out intruders.

∙ Before opening any door, always lookfor and avoid oncoming traffic.

DOORS

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-3

∙ To help avoid risk of injury or deaththrough unintended operation of thevehicle and/or its systems, includingentrapment in windows or inadver-tent door lock activation, do not leavechildren, people who require the as-sistance of others or pets unattendedin your vehicle. Additionally, the tem-perature inside a closed vehicle on awarm day can quickly become highenough to cause a significant risk ofinjury or death to people and pets.

LOCKING WITH KEYTo lock or unlock the vehicle, turn the key asshown.

Manual (if so equipped)To lock a front door, turn the key toward thefront of the vehicle �1 . To unlock, turn thekey toward the rear �2 .

To lock a sliding door, turn the key towardthe front of the vehicle �1 . To unlock, turnthe key toward the rear �2 .

Driver’s sideLPD2131

Sliding doorsLPD2132


To lock the rear door, turn the key towardthe right �1 of the vehicle. To unlock, turnthe key toward the left �2 of the vehicle.

Power (if so equipped)The power door lock system allows you tolock or unlock all doors at the same time.

Turning the key toward the front �1 of thevehicle locks all the doors.

Turning the key one time toward the rear�2 of the vehicle unlocks that door. Fromthat position, returning the key to neutral�3 (where the key can only be removed andinserted) and turning it toward the rearagain within five seconds unlocks all doors�4 .

LOCKING WITH INSIDE LOCK KNOBTo lock the door without the key, move theinside lock knob to the lock position �1 ,then close the door.

To unlock the door without the key, movethe inside lock knob to the unlock position�2 .

Back doorLPD2133

Driver’s side and passenger side(if so equipped)

LPD2134Inside lock – front driver and passenger

LPD2092


To lock the door without the key, move theinside lock knob to the lock position �2 ,then close the door.


To lock the door without the key, move theinside lock knob to the lock position �1 ,then close the door.


To open the door from the inside, pull theinside door handle toward you.

LOCKING WITH POWER DOORLOCK SWITCHTo lock all the doors without a key, push thedoor lock switch (driver’s or front passen-ger’s side) to the lock position �1 . Whenlocking the door this way, be certain not toleave the key inside the vehicle.

To unlock all the doors without a key, pushthe door lock switch (driver’s or front pas-senger’s side) to the unlock position �2 .

Inside lock – sliding doorsLPD2135

Inside lock – back doorLPD2001 WPD0381


Lockout protectionWhen the power door lock switch (driver’sor front passenger’s side) is moved to thelock position with the key in the ignitionswitch while any door is open, all doors willlock and then unlock automatically. Thishelps to prevent the keys from being acci-dently locked inside the vehicle.

OPERATING THE SLIDING DOORS

WARNING∙ Always use the door handle to open or

close the sliding door. Do not attemptto open or close the door by merelyplacing your hand on the door edge ordoor slide roller as this may causeinjury.

∙ When opening the door on a slope,ensure that it is fully open and can beheld in place by the detent. Failing toensure the door remains open couldresult in serious injury.

The sliding door can be opened from theinside or the outside.

To open the sliding door from the inside,pull the handle �1 toward the rear of thevehicle and slide the door until the doorclicks into the detent.

To close the sliding door from the insidepull the handle �1 toward the front of thevehicle. The door will release from the openposition and slide closed.

LPD2136


To open a sliding door from the outside, pullthe outside handle and slide the door to-ward the rear of the vehicle until the doorclicks into the detent.

To close the sliding door from the outside,pull the outside handle again. The door willrelease from the open position and slideclosed.

NOTE:

The sliding door wire mesh (if soequipped) is designed for ejection miti-gation purposes only, do not consider itan anti-theft feature. In case the slidingdoor wire mesh is removed, it is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealerfor proper installation. Any damage orfailure caused by misuse is not coveredunder the NISSAN New Vehicle LimitedWarranty.

BACK DOORS

CAUTION∙ Do not operate the 180° release lever

until the door has been fully opened.Doing so can result in damage to thevehicle and/or malfunction of themechanism.

∙ Always look before fully opening theback door(s), to avoid an accident withoncoming traffic or pedestrians.

LPD2137 LCE2282 LPD2138


∙ When closing the back doors, be sureto close the left-side door before clos-ing the right-side door.

Open the back doors by performing thefollowing:

1. From the outside of the vehicle, pull thedoor handle �1 on the right side doorand open door until it stops.

2. Pull the lever �2 , located on the side ofthe left back door, toward the rear ofthe vehicle and pull the door to openuntil the door stops.

The back doors open approximately 180°to allow access to the rear of the vehicle.

3. To open either door to the wide openposition �3 pull the release latch �A ,located on the inside of each backdoor, toward the front of the vehicle torelease the check link arm.

4. Open the door slowly until the doorstops. The back doors are not designedto be latched in their fully open positions.

Park the vehicle in a safe and level place.Make sure that the area is clear of ob-stacles and there is enough clearancearound the back doors.

LPD2139 LPD2140


NOTE:

The back door wire mesh (if so equipped)is not designed as either an ejectionmitigation feature or an anti-theft fea-ture. Do not hang items on the back doorwire mesh. Any damage or failure causedby misuse is not covered under theNISSAN New Vehicle Limited Warranty.

AUTOMATIC DOOR LOCKS∙ All doors lock automatically when the

vehicle speed reaches 15 mph(24 km/h).

∙ All doors unlock automatically when thetransmission is placed in the P (Park)position, when the ignition is turned tothe OFF position, or when the key is re-moved from the ignition.



∙ The remote keyless entry key fobtransmits radio waves when the but-tons are pressed. The FAA advises ra-dio waves may affect aircraft naviga-tion and communication systems. Donot operate the remote keyless entrykey fob while on an airplane. Makesure the buttons are not operated un-intentionally when the unit is storedfor a flight.

It is possible to lock/unlock all doors, turnthe interior lights on, and activate the panicalarm by using the key fob from outside thevehicle.

Be sure to remove the key from the ve-hicle before locking the doors.

The key fob can operate at a distance ofapproximately 33 ft (10 m) from the vehicle.The effective distance depends on theconditions around the vehicle.

LCE2281

REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM (ifso equipped)


As many as four key fobs can be used withone vehicle. For information concerningthe purchase and use of additional keyfobs, it is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer.

The key fob will not function when:

∙ The battery is discharged.

∙ The distance between the vehicle andthe key fob is over 33 ft (10 m).

The panic alarm will not activate whenthe key is in the ignition switch.

CAUTIONListed below are conditions or occur-rences which will damage the key fob:

∙ Do not allow the key fob, which con-tains electrical components, to comeinto contact with water or salt water.This could affect the system function.

∙ Do not drop the key fob.

∙ Do not strike the key fob sharplyagainst another object.

∙ Do not change or modify the key fob.

∙ Wetting may damage the key fob. Ifthe key fob gets wet, immediatelywipe until it is completely dry.

∙ Do not place the key fob for an ex-tended period in an area where tem-peratures exceed 140°F (60°C).

∙ Do not attach the key fob with a keyholder that contains a magnet.

∙ Do not place the key fob near equip-ment that produces a magnetic field,such as a TV, audio equipment andpersonal computers.

If a key fob is lost or stolen, NISSAN rec-ommends erasing the ID code of thatkey fob. This will prevent the key fobfrom unauthorized use to unlock thevehicle. For information regarding theerasing procedure, it is recommendedthat you visit a NISSAN dealer.

HOW TO USE REMOTE KEYLESSENTRY SYSTEM

1. (lock) button

2. (panic) button

3. (unlock) button

Locking doors1. Close all windows.

2. Remove the key from the ignitionswitch.

3. Close all doors.

LPD3500


4. Press the button on the key fob.All the doors lock. The hazard warninglights flash twice and the horn beepsonce to indicate all doors are locked.

∙ When the button is pressedwith all doors locked, the hazardwarning lights flash twice and thehorn beeps once as a reminder thatthe doors are already locked.

∙ If a door is open and you pressthe button, the doors will lockbut the horn will not beep and thehazard lights will not flash.

The horn may or may not beep. For addi-tional information, refer to “Silencing thehorn beep feature” in this section.

Unlocking doors

Press the button on the key fob once.

∙ Only the driver’s door unlocks.

∙ The hazard warning lights flash once ifall doors are completely closed with theignition switch in any position exceptthe ON position.

∙ The interior light turns on and the lighttimer activates for 30 seconds whenthe interior light switch is in the DOORposition with the ignition switch in anyposition except the ON position.

Press the button on the key fob againwithin five seconds.

∙ All doors unlock.

∙ The hazard warning lights flash once ifall doors are completely closed.

The interior lights can be turned off withoutwaiting a period of time by inserting the keyinto the ignition switch and placing the ig-nition switch in the ON or START position,locking the doors with the key fob, powerdoor lock switch or pushing the interiorlight switch to the off position.

Auto relockWhen the button on the key fob ispressed, all doors will lock automaticallywithin one minute unless one of the follow-ing operations is performed:

∙ Any door is opened.

∙ A key is inserted into the ignition switchand the switch is cycled from OFF to ON.

∙ Press key fob button.

Using the panic alarmIf you are near your vehicle and feel threat-ened, you may activate the panic alarm tocall attention by pressing and holdingthe button on the key fob for longerthan 0.5 seconds.The panic alarm and headlights will stay onfor a period of time.

The panic alarm stops when:

∙ It has run for a period of time.

∙ Any button is pressed on the key fob.

Using the interior lightPress the button on the key fob onceto turn on the interior lights.For additional information, refer to “Interiorlights” in the “Instruments and controls”section of this manual.

Silencing the horn beep featureIf desired, the horn beep feature can bedeactivated using the key fob.

To deactivate: Press and hold theand buttons for at least 2 seconds.The hazard warning lights will flash threetimes to confirm that the horn beep fea-ture has been deactivated.


To activate: Press and hold theand buttons for at least 2 secondsonce more.The hazard warning lights will flash onceand the horn will sound once to confirmthat the horn beep feature has been reac-tivated.

Deactivating the horn beep feature doesnot silence the horn if the alarm is trig-gered.

1. Pull the hood lock release handle �Elocated below the instrument paneluntil the hood springs up slightly.

2. Locate the lever �A in between thehood and grille and push the lever side-ways with your fingertips.

3. Raise the hood �B .

4. Remove the support rod �C and insertit into the slot �D .

Hold the coated parts of the support rodwhen removing or resetting the supportrod. Avoid direct contact with the metalparts, as they may be hot immediatelyafter the engine has been stopped.

When closing the hood, return the supportrod to its original position, lower the hoodto approximately 12 in (30 cm) above thelatch and release it. This allows proper en-gagement of the hood latch.

LPD2247

HOOD


WARNING∙ Make sure the hood is completely

closed and latched before driving.Failure to do so could cause the hoodto fly open and result in an accident.

∙ If you see steam or smoke comingfrom the engine compartment, toavoid injury do not open the hood.

OPENER OPERATIONThe fuel-filler door release is located belowthe instrument panel. To open the fuel-fillerdoor, pull the release. To lock, close the fuel-filler door securely.

FUEL-FILLER CAP

WARNING∙ Gasoline is extremely flammable and

highly explosive under certain condi-tions. You could be burned or seri-ously injured if it is misused or mis-handled. Always stop the engine anddo not smoke or allow open flames orsparks near the vehicle whenrefueling.

∙ Do not attempt to top off the fuel tankafter the fuel pump nozzle shuts offautomatically. Continued refuelingmay cause fuel overflow, resulting infuel spray and possibly a fire.

∙ Use only an original equipment typefuel-filler cap as a replacement. It hasa built-in safety valve needed forproper operation of the fuel systemand emission control system. An in-correct cap can result in a serious mal-function and possible injury. It couldalso cause the Malfunction Indi-cator Light (MIL) to come on.

∙ Never pour fuel into the throttle bodyto attempt to start your vehicle.

LCE2355

FUEL-FILLER DOOR


∙ Do not fill a portable fuel container inthe vehicle or trailer. Static electricitycan cause an explosion of flammableliquid, vapor or gas in any vehicle ortrailer. To reduce the risk of seriousinjury or death when filling portablefuel containers:

– Always place the container on theground when filling.

– Do not use electronic devices whenfilling.

– Keep the pump nozzle in contactwith the container while you arefilling it.

– Use only approved portable fuelcontainers for flammable liquid.

CAUTION∙ Do not use a fuel containing more

than 15% ethanol in your vehicle. Foradditional information, refer to “FuelRecommendation” in the “Technicaland consumer information” section ofthis manual.

∙ Failure to tighten the fuel-filler capproperly may cause the Mal-function Indicator Light (MIL) to illumi-nate. If the light illuminates be-cause the fuel-filler cap is loose ormissing, tighten or install the cap andcontinue to drive the vehicle.The light should turn off after afew driving trips. If the light doesnot turn off after a few driving trips,have the vehicle inspected. It is rec-ommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.

∙ The LOOSE FUEL CAP warning mes-sage will be displayed if the fuel-fillercap is not properly tightened. It maytake a few driving trips for the mes-sage to be displayed. Failure totighten the fuel-filler cap properly af-ter the LOOSE FUEL CAP warning mes-sage is displayed may cause theMalfunction Indicator Light (MIL) toilluminate.

∙ For additional information, refer tothe “Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)”in the “Instruments and Controls” sec-tion of this manual.

∙ If fuel is spilled on the vehicle body,flush it away with water to avoid paintdamage.


To remove the fuel-filler cap:

1. Turn the fuel-filler cap counterclock-wise �1 to remove.

2. Loop the tether strap around the hook�A while refueling.

To install the fuel-filler cap:

1. Insert the fuel-filler cap straight into thefuel-filler tube.

2. Turn the fuel-filler cap clockwise �2 un-til a single click is heard.

LOOSE FUEL CAP warningmessageThe LOOSE FUEL CAP warning messagedisplays in the odometer when the fuel-filler cap is not tightened correctly after thevehicle has been refueled. It may take a fewdriving trips for the message to be dis-played. To turn off the warning message,do the following:

1. Remove and install the fuel-filler cap aspreviously described as soon as pos-sible.

2. Tighten the fuel-filler cap until a singleclick is heard.

3. Press the loose fuel cap warning resetbutton �A in the meter for about 1 sec-ond to turn off the LOOSE FUEL CAPwarning message after tightening thefuel-filler cap.

LPD2143 LIC3498


1. To block glare from the front, swingdown the main sun visor �1 .

2. To block glare from the side, removethe main sun visor from the centermount and swing the visor �2 to theside.

3. To extend the sun visor �3 , slide in orout as needed.

CAUTION∙ Do not store the sun visor before re-

turning the extension to its originalposition.

∙ Do not pull the extension sun visorforcedly downward. CARD HOLDER

To use the card holder, slide card in the cardholder �A . Do not view information whileoperating the vehicle.

WPD0344

LPD2033

SUN VISORS


MANUAL ANTI-GLARE REARVIEWMIRROR (if so equipped)Use the night position �1 to reduce glarefrom the headlights of vehicles behind youat night.

Use the day position �2 when driving indaylight hours.

WARNINGUse the night position only when neces-sary, because it reduces rear viewclarity.

OUTSIDE MIRRORS

WARNING∙ Objects viewed in the outside mirror

on the passenger side are closer thanthey appear. Be careful when movingto the right. Using only this mirrorcould cause an accident. Use the in-side mirror or glance over your shoul-der to properly judge distances toother objects.

∙ Do not adjust the mirrors while driv-ing. You could lose control of your ve-hicle and cause an accident.

Manual control type (if soequipped)The outside mirrors can be moved in anydirection for a better rear view.

WPD0126 LPD2144

MIRRORS


Electric control type (if soequipped)The outside mirror remote control will op-erate only when the ignition switch isplaced in the ACC or ON position.

Move the small switch �1 to select the rightor left mirror. Move the large switch �2 toadjust each mirror to the desired position.Move the small switch �1 to the center(neutral) position to prevent accidentallymoving the mirror.

Foldable outside mirrorsPull the outside mirror toward the door tofold it.

Heated mirrors (if so equipped)Some outside mirrors can be heated todefrost, defog, or de-ice for improved vis-ibility. For additional information, refer to“Rear window and/or outside mirror de-froster switch” in the “Instruments and con-trols” section of this manual.

LPD0237 LPD2145


MEMO


4 Monitor, climate, audio, phone andvoice recognition systems

NissanConnect® Owner’s Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2RearView Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3

RearView Monitor system operation . . . . . . . . . . 4-4How to read the displayed lines. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4Difference between predicted andactual distances. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5How to park with predicted courselines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7Adjusting the screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8How to turn on and off predictedcourse lines (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9RearView Monitor system limitations . . . . . . . . . 4-9

System maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10Vents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-11Heater and air conditioner (manual) . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-11

Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12Heater operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13Air conditioner operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14Air flow charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16

Servicing air conditioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19Antenna. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19Car phone or CB radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19iPod®/iPhone®. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20

Refer to the NissanConnect® Owner’sManual that includes the following infor-mation.

∙ Audio system

∙ Apple CarPlay®

∙ Android AutoTM

∙ Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone system

∙ Viewing information

∙ Other settings

∙ Voice Recognition

∙ General system information

NISSANCONNECT® OWNER’SMANUAL

4-2 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

WARNING∙ Failure to follow the warnings and in-

structions for proper use of the Rear-View Monitor system could result inserious injury or death.

LHA5302

REARVIEW MONITOR

Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-3

∙ RearView Monitor is a conveniencefeature and is not a substitute forproper backing. Always turn and lookout the windows and check mirrors tobe sure that it is safe to move beforeoperating the vehicle. Always back upslowly.

∙ The system is designed as an aid tothe driver in showing large stationaryobjects directly behind the vehicle, tohelp avoid damaging the vehicle.

∙ The distance guide line and the ve-hicle width line should be used as areference only when the vehicle is on alevel paved surface. The distanceviewed on the monitor is for referenceonly and may be different than theactual distance between the vehicleand displayed objects.

CAUTIONDo not scratch the camera lens whencleaning dirt or snow from the front ofthe camera.

The RearView Monitor system automati-cally shows a rear view of the vehicle whenthe shift lever is shifted into the R (Reverse)position. The radio can still be heard whilethe RearView Monitor is active.

To display the rear view, the RearView Moni-tor system uses a camera located next tothe rear door handle �1 .

REARVIEW MONITOR SYSTEMOPERATIONWith the ignition switch in the ON position,move the shift lever to the R (Reverse) po-sition to operate the RearView Monitor.

HOW TO READ THE DISPLAYEDLINESGuiding lines which indicate the vehiclewidth and distances to objects with refer-ence to the vehicle body line �A are dis-played on the monitor.

Distance guide lines

Indicate distances from the vehicle body.

∙ Red line �1 : approx. 1.5 ft (0.5 m)

∙ Yellow line �2 : approx. 3 ft (1 m)

∙ Green line �3 : approx. 7 ft (2 m)

LHA4587 LHA4805


Vehicle width guide lines �4

Indicate the vehicle width when backingup.

Predicted course lines �5

Indicate the predicted course when back-ing up. The predicted course lines will bedisplayed on the monitor when the shiftlever is in the R (Reverse) position and thesteering wheel is turned. The predictedcourse lines will move depending on howmuch the steering wheel is turned and willnot be displayed while the steering wheel isin the straight-ahead position.

The vehicle width guide lines and the widthof the predicted course lines are wider thanthe actual width and course.

DIFFERENCE BETWEEN PREDICTEDAND ACTUAL DISTANCESThe distance guide line and the vehiclewidth guide line should be used as a refer-ence only when the vehicle is on a level,paved surface. The distance viewed on themonitor is for reference only and may bedifferent than the actual distance betweenthe vehicle and displayed objects.

Backing up on a steep uphillWhen backing up the vehicle up a hill, thedistance guide lines and the vehicle widthguide lines are shown closer than the ac-tual distance. Note that any object on the

hill is further than it appears on the moni-tor.

LHA5256


Backing up on a steep downhillWhen backing up the vehicle down a hill,the distance guide lines and the vehiclewidth guide lines are shown farther thanthe actual distance. Note that any object

on the hill is closer than it appears on themonitor.

Backing up near a projectingobjectThe predicted course lines �A do not touchthe object in the display. However, the ve-hicle may hit the object if it projects overthe actual backing up course.

LHA5257 LHA4995


Backing up behind a projectingobjectThe position �C is shown farther than theposition �B in the display. However, the po-sition �C is actually at the same distance asthe position �A . The vehicle may hit the

object when backing up to the position �Aif the object projects over the actual back-ing up course.

HOW TO PARK WITH PREDICTEDCOURSE LINES

WARNING∙ If the tires are replaced with different

sized tires, the predicted course linesmay be displayed incorrectly.

∙ On a snow-covered or slippery road,there may be a difference betweenthe predicted course line and the ac-tual course line.

∙ If the battery is disconnected or be-comes discharged, the predictedcourse lines may be displayed incor-rectly. If this occurs, please performthe following procedures:

– Turn the steering wheel from lockto lock while the engine is running.

– Drive the vehicle on a straight roadfor more than 5 minutes.

∙ When the steering wheel is turnedwith the ignition switch in the ACC po-sition, the predicted course lines maybe displayed incorrectly.

1. Visually check that the parking space issafe before parking your vehicle.

2. The rear view of the vehicle is displayedon the screen �A when the shift lever ismoved to the R (Reverse) position.

LHA5258 LHA5043


3. Slowly back up the vehicle adjustingthe steering wheel so that the pre-dicted course lines �B enter the park-ing space �C .

4. Maneuver the steering wheel to makethe vehicle width guide lines �D parallelto the parking space �C while referringto the predicted course lines.

5. When the vehicle is parked in the spacecompletely, move the shift lever to theP (Park) position and apply the parkingbrake.

ADJUSTING THE SCREENThe procedure for adjusting the displaysettings of the screen differs depending onthe type of screen present on the vehicle.

1. While on the main menu screen, touchthe “Settings” key.

2. Touch the “Camera” key.

3. Touch the “Brightness”, “Contrast”, “Tint”“Color”, or “Black Level” key.

4. Adjust the item by touching the “+” or “-”key on the touch-screen display.

LHA4770

LHA3522


NOTE:

Do not adjust any of the display settingsof the RearView Monitor while the ve-hicle is moving. Make sure the parkingbrake is firmly applied.

HOW TO TURN ON AND OFFPREDICTED COURSE LINES (if soequipped)To toggle ON and OFF the predicted courselines while in the P (Park) position:

1. Touch the “Settings” key.

2. Touch the “Camera” key.

3. Touch the “Predicted Course Lines” keyto turn the feature ON or OFF.

REARVIEW MONITOR SYSTEMLIMITATIONS

WARNINGListed below are the system limitationsfor RearView Monitor. Failure to operatethe vehicle in accordance with thesesystem limitations could result in seri-ous injury or death.

∙ The system cannot completely elimi-nate blind spots and may not showevery object.

∙ Underneath the bumper and the cor-ner areas of the bumper cannot beviewed on the RearView Monitor be-cause of its monitoring range limita-tion. The system will not show smallobjects below the bumper, and maynot show objects close to the bumperor on the ground.

∙ Objects viewed in the RearView Moni-tor differ from actual distance be-cause a wide-angle lens is used.

∙ Objects in the RearView Monitor willappear visually opposite compared towhen viewed in the rearview and out-side mirrors.

∙ Use the displayed lines as a reference.The lines are highly affected by thenumber of occupants, fuel level, ve-hicle position, road conditions androad grade.

∙ Make sure that the rear doors are se-curely closed when backing up.

∙ Do not put anything on the rearviewcamera. The rearview camera is in-stalled above the license plate.

∙ When washing the vehicle with highpressure water, be sure not to spray itaround the camera. Otherwise, watermay enter the camera unit causingwater condensation on the lens, amalfunction, fire or an electric shock.

∙ Do not strike the camera. It is a preci-sion instrument. Otherwise, it maymalfunction or cause damage result-ing in a fire or an electric shock.

The following are operating limitations anddo not represent a system malfunction:

∙ When the temperature is extremelyhigh or low, the screen may not clearlydisplay objects.

∙ When strong light directly shines on thecamera, objects may not be displayedclearly.

∙ Vertical lines may be seen in objects onthe screen. This is due to strong re-flected light from the bumper.

∙ The screen may flicker under fluores-cent light.


∙ The colors of objects on the RearViewMonitor may differ somewhat from theactual color of objects.

∙ Objects on the monitor may not beclear in a dark environment.

∙ There may be a delay when switchingbetween views.

∙ If dirt, rain or snow accumulate on thecamera, the RearView Monitor may notdisplay objects clearly. Clean the cam-era.

∙ Do not use wax on the camera lens.Wipe off any wax with a clean clothdampened with a diluted mild cleaningagent, then wipe with a dry cloth. SYSTEM MAINTENANCE

CAUTION∙ Do not use alcohol, benzine or thinner

to clean the camera. This will causediscoloration.

∙ Do not damage the camera as themonitor screen may be adverselyaffected.

If dirt, rain or snow accumulates on thecamera �1 , the RearView Monitor may notdisplay objects clearly. Clean the cameraby wiping it with a cloth dampened with adiluted mild cleaning agent and then wip-ing it with a dry cloth.

LHA4587


Adjust the air flow direction of the vents byopening, closing or rotating.

Adjust the air flow direction of the vents bymoving the slide �1 .

WARNING∙ The air conditioner cooling function

operates only when the engine isrunning.

∙ Do not leave children or adults whowould normally require the assis-tance of others alone in your vehicle.Pets should also not be left alone.They could accidentally injure them-selves or others through inadvertentoperation of the vehicle. Also, on hot,sunny days, temperatures in a closedvehicle could quickly become highenough to cause severe or possiblyfatal injuries to people or animals.

∙ Do not use the recirculation mode forlong periods as it may cause the inte-rior air to become stale and the win-dows to fog up.

NOTE:

∙ Odors from inside and outside the ve-hicle can build up in the air condi-tioner unit. Odor can enter the pas-senger compartment through thevents.

Side ventsSAA3126

CenterLHA2594

VENTS HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONER(manual)


∙ When parking, set the heater and airconditioner controls to turn off air re-circulation to allow fresh air into thepassenger compartment. This shouldhelp reduce odors inside the vehicle

CONTROLS1. Air flow control dial

2. Air intake lever (Fresh air/Air recircula-tion)

3. Temperature control dial

4. A/C (air conditioner) button

5. Fan speed control dial

6. Rear window and/or outside mir-ror (if so equipped) defroster switch

Fan speed control dial

The fan speed control dial turns thefan on and off, and controls fan speed.

Air flow control dialThe air flow control dial allows you to selectthe air flow outlets.

— Air flows from center and sidevents.

— Air flows from center and sidevents and foot outlets.

— Air flows mainly from footoutlets.

LHA4462


— Air flows from defroster outletsand foot outlets.

— Air flows mainly from defrosteroutlets.

Temperature control dialThe temperature control dial allows you toadjust the temperature of the outlet air. Tolower the temperature, turn the dial to theleft. To increase the temperature, turn thedial to the right.

Fresh airMove the air intake lever to the posi-tion. The air flow is drawn from outside thevehicle.

Air recirculationMove the air intake lever to the posi-tion to recirculate air inside the vehicle.Use the selection:

∙ when driving on a dusty road

∙ to prevent traffic fumes from enteringpassenger compartment

∙ for maximum cooling when using theair conditioner

A/C (air conditioner) buttonStart the engine, turn the fan speedcontrol dial to the desired position andpress the button to turn on the airconditioner. To turn off the air conditioner,press the button again.The air conditioner cooling function op-erates only when the engine is running.

Rear window and/or outsidemirror defroster switch (if soequipped)For additional information, refer to “Rearwindow and/or outside mirror defrosterswitch (if so equipped)” in the “Instrumentsand controls” section of this manual.

HEATER OPERATIONHeatingThis mode is used to direct heated air tothe foot outlets. Some air also flows fromthe defrost outlets.

1. Move the air intake lever to theposition for normal heating.

2. Turn the air flow control dial tothe position.

3. Turn the fan speed control dial tothe desired position.

4. Turn the temperature control dial tothe desired position between themiddle and the hot position.

VentilationThis mode directs outside air to the sideand center vents.

1. Move the air intake lever to theposition.



4. Turn the temperature control dial tothe desired position.

Defrosting or defoggingThis mode directs the air to the defrostoutlets to defrost/defog the windows.






∙ To quickly remove ice or fog from thewindows, turn the fan speed con-trol dial to the maximum position andthe temperature control dial to the fullhot position.

When the or position is se-lected, the air conditioner automaticallyturns on (however, the indicator light willnot illuminate). In this position, the air con-ditioner cannot be turned off. When the airflow control is turned to any position otherthan or (the air conditioner willcontinue operating). and can be turned offusing the air conditioner button. This dehu-midifies the air, which helps defog thewindshield.

Bi-level heatingThis mode directs cooler air from the sideand center vents and warmer air from thefloor outlets. When the temperature con-trol dial is moved to the full hot or full coolposition, the air between the vents and thefloor outlets is the same temperature.





Heating and defoggingThis mode heats the interior and defogsthe windshield.





When the or position is se-lected, the air conditioner automaticallyturns on (however, the indicator light willnot illuminate). In this position, the air con-ditioner cannot be turned off. When the air

flow control is turned to any position otherthan or (the air conditioner willcontinue operating) and can be turned offusing the air conditioner button. This dehu-midifies the air, which helps defog thewindshield.

Operating tipsClear snow and ice from the wiper bladesand air inlet in front of the windshield.This improves heater operation.

AIR CONDITIONER OPERATIONStart the engine, turn the fan speedcontrol dial to the desired position, andpress the button to activate the airconditioner. When the air conditioner is on,cooling and dehumidifying functions areadded to the heater operation.The air conditioner cooling function op-erates only when the engine is running.

CoolingThis mode is used to cool and dehumidifythe air.





4. Press the button. The indicatorlight comes on.


∙ For quick cooling when the outsidetemperature is high, move the air intakelever to the position. Be sure to re-turn to the position for normalcooling.

Dehumidified heatingThis mode is used to heat and dehumidifythe air.




4. Press the button. The indicatorlight comes on.


Dehumidified defoggingThis mode is used to defog the windowsand dehumidify the air.



3. Turn the fan speed control dial tothe desired position. When theor position is selected, the airconditioner automatically turns on(however, the indicator light will not illu-minate). In this position, the air condi-tioner cannot be turned off. When theair flow control is turned to any positionother than or (the air condi-tioner will continue operating). and canbe turned off using the air conditionerbutton. This dehumidifies the air, whichhelps defog the windshield.


Operating tips∙ Keep the windows closed while the air

conditioner is in operation.

∙ After parking in the sun, drive for 2 or3 minutes with the windows open tovent hot air from the passenger com-partment before closing the windows.This allows the air conditioner to coolthe interior more quickly.

∙ The air conditioning system shouldbe operated for approximately10 minutes at least once a month.This helps prevent damage to thesystem due to lack of lubrication.

∙ A visible mist may be seen coming fromthe ventilators in hot, humid conditionsas the air is cooled rapidly. This does notindicate a malfunction.

∙ If the high temperature warninglight illuminates in red indicat-ing engine coolant temperature isover the normal range, turn the airconditioner off. For additional infor-mation, refer to “If your vehicle over-heats” in the “In case of emergency”section of this manual.


AIR FLOW CHARTSThe following charts show the button anddial positions for MAXIMUM AND QUICKheating, cooling or defrosting. The air in-take lever should always be in theposition for heating and defrosting.

LHA5251


LHA5252 LHA5253


LHA5254 LHA5255


The air conditioner system in your NISSANvehicle is charged with a refrigerant de-signed with the environment in mind.This refrigerant does not harm theearth’s ozone layer.

Special charging equipment and lubricantis required when servicing your NISSAN airconditioner. Using improper refrigerants orlubricants will cause severe damage toyour air conditioner system. For additionalinformation, refer to “Air conditioner sys-tem refrigerant and oil recommendations”in the “Technical and consumer informa-tion” section of this manual.

It is recommended that you visit a NISSANdealer to service your “environmentallyfriendly” air conditioner system.

WARNINGThe air conditioner system contains re-frigerant under high pressure. To avoidpersonal injury, any air conditioner ser-vice should be done only by an experi-enced technician with properequipment.

The antenna cannot be shortened, but canbe removed. When you need to remove theantenna, turn the antenna rod counter-clockwise.

To install the antenna rod, turn the antennarod clockwise and hand tighten.

CAUTION∙ Always properly tighten the antenna

rod during installation or the antennarod may break during vehicleoperation.

∙ Be sure that the antenna is removedbefore the vehicle enters an auto-matic car wash.

When installing a CB, ham radio or carphone in your vehicle, be sure to observethe following precautions; otherwise, thenew equipment may adversely affect theengine control system and other electronicparts.

WARNING∙ A cellular phone should not be used

for any purpose while driving so fullattention may be given to vehicle op-eration. Some jurisdictions prohibitthe use of cellular phones whiledriving.

∙ If you must make a call while your ve-hicle is in motion, the hands free cellu-lar phone operational mode (if soequipped) is highly recommended.Exercise extreme caution at all timesso full attention may be given to ve-hicle operation.

∙ If you are unable to devote full atten-tion to vehicle operation while talkingon the phone, pull off the road to asafe location and stop your vehicle.

SERVICING AIR CONDITIONER ANTENNA CAR PHONE OR CB RADIO


CAUTION∙ Keep the antenna as far away as pos-

sible from the electronic controlmodules.

∙ Keep the antenna wire more than 8 in(20 cm) away from the electronic con-trol system harnesses. Do not routethe antenna wire next to any harness.

∙ Adjust the antenna standing-waveratio as recommended by themanufacturer.

∙ Connect the ground wire from the CBradio chassis to the body.

∙ For additional information, it is rec-ommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.

“Made for iPod”, “Made for iPhone” and“Made for iPad” mean that an electronicaccessory has been designed to connectspecifically to iPod, iPhone or iPad, respec-tively, and has been certified by the devel-oper to meet Apple performance stan-dards. Apple is not responsible for theoperation of this device or its compliancewith safety and regulatory standards.Please note that the use of this accessorywith iPod, iPhone or iPad may affect wire-less performance.

iPad, iPhone, iPod classic, iPod Nano, iPodshuffle and iPod touch are trademarks ofApple Inc., registered in the U.S. and othercountries. Lightning is a trademark ofApple Inc.

iPod®/iPhone®


MEMO


5 Starting and driving

Precautions when starting and driving . . . . . . . . . . 5-2Exhaust gas (carbon monoxide) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2Three-way catalyst . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2Tire Pressure Monitoring System(TPMS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3Avoiding collision and rollover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6Off-road recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6Rapid air pressure loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7Drinking alcohol/drugs and driving . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8

Ignition switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8Continuously Variable Transmission . . . . . . . . . . 5-8Ignition switch positions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System . . . . . . . . . . 5-9

Before starting the engine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10Starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10Driving the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-11

Engine protection mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-11Continuously Variable Transmission(CVT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12

Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17Cruise control (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18

Precautions on cruise control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18Cruise control operations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18

Break-in schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19

Fuel efficient driving tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20Increasing fuel economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21Parking/parking on hills . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22Power steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23Brake system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24

Brake precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24Brake Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25

Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system . . . . . . . . . 5-26Rise-up and build-up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-28Brake force distribution. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-28

Hill start assist system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29Rear Sonar System (RSS) (if so equipped) . . . . . . . 5-29

RSS system operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30How to enable/disable the RSS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-31RSS limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-32System temporarily unavailable . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-32System maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-33

Cold weather driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-33Freeing a frozen door lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-33Antifreeze . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-33Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-33Draining of coolant water. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-34

Tire equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-34Special winter equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-34

Driving on snow or ice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-34Engine block heater (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . 5-35

WARNING∙ Do not leave children or adults who

would normally require the assis-tance of others alone in your vehicle.Pets should also not be left alone.They could accidentally injure them-selves or others through inadvertentoperation of the vehicle. Also, on hot,sunny days, temperatures in a closedvehicle could quickly become highenough to cause severe or possiblyfatal injuries to people or animals.

∙ Properly secure all cargo to help pre-vent it from sliding or shifting. Do notplace cargo higher than the seat-backs. In a sudden stop or collision,unsecured cargo could cause per-sonal injury.

EXHAUST GAS (carbon monoxide)

WARNING∙ Do not breathe exhaust gases; they

contain colorless and odorless carbonmonoxide. Carbon monoxide is dan-gerous. It can cause unconsciousnessor death.

∙ If you suspect that exhaust fumes areentering the vehicle, drive with allwindows fully open, and have the ve-hicle inspected immediately.

∙ Do not run the engine in closed spacessuch as a garage.

∙ Do not park the vehicle with the en-gine running for any extended lengthof time.

∙ Keep the rear vent windows, doorsand trunk lids (if so equipped) closedwhile driving, otherwise exhaustgases could be drawn into the pas-senger compartment. If you mustdrive with one of these open, followthese precautions:

1. Open all the windows.

2. Turn the air recirculation mode offand set the fan speed control tothe highest level to circulate theair.

∙ The exhaust system and body shouldbe inspected by a qualified mechanicwhenever:

a. The vehicle is raised for service.

b. You suspect that exhaust fumesare entering into the passengercompartment.

c. You notice a change in the sound ofthe exhaust system.

d. You have had an accident involvingdamage to the exhaust system,underbody, or rear of the vehicle.

THREE-WAY CATALYSTThe three-way catalyst is an emission con-trol device installed in the exhaust system.Exhaust gases in the three-way catalystare burned at high temperatures to helpreduce pollutants.

WARNING∙ The exhaust gas and the exhaust sys-

tem are very hot. Keep people, ani-mals or flammable materials awayfrom the exhaust systemcomponents.

∙ Do not stop or park the vehicle overflammable materials such as drygrass, waste paper or rags. They mayignite and cause a fire.

PRECAUTIONS WHEN STARTING ANDDRIVING

5-2 Starting and driving

CAUTION∙ Do not use leaded gasoline. Deposits

from leaded gasoline will seriously re-duce the three-way catalyst’s abilityto help reduce exhaust pollutants.

∙ Keep your engine tuned up. Malfunc-tions in the ignition, fuel injection, orelectrical systems can cause over richfuel flow into the three-way catalyst,causing it to overheat. Do not keepdriving if the engine misfires, or if no-ticeable loss of performance or otherunusual operating conditions are de-tected. Have the vehicle inspectedpromptly. It is recommended that youvisit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

∙ Avoid driving with an extremely lowfuel level. Running out of fuel couldcause the engine to misfire, damag-ing the three-way catalyst.

∙ Do not race the engine while warmingit up.

∙ Do not push or tow your vehicle tostart the engine.

TIRE PRESSURE MONITORINGSYSTEM (TPMS)Each tire, including the spare (if provided),should be checked monthly when cold andinflated to the inflation pressure recom-mended by the vehicle manufacturer onthe vehicle placard or tire inflation pressurelabel.

(If your vehicle has tires of a different sizethan the size indicated on the vehicle plac-ard or tire inflation pressure label, youshould determine the proper tire inflationpressure for those tires.)

As an added safety feature, your vehiclehas been equipped with a Tire PressureMonitoring System (TPMS) that illuminatesa low tire pressure telltale when one ormore of your tires is significantly under-inflated. Accordingly, when the low tirepressure telltale illuminates, you shouldstop and check your tires as soon as pos-sible, and inflate them to the proper pres-sure. Driving on a significantly under-inflated tire causes the tire to overheat andcan lead to tire failure. Under-inflation alsoreduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life,and may affect the vehicle’s handling andstopping ability.

Please note that the TPMS is not a substi-tute for proper tire maintenance, and it isthe driver’s responsibility to maintain cor-rect tire pressure, even if under-inflationhas not reached the level to trigger illumi-nation of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale.

Your vehicle has also been equipped with aTPMS malfunction indicator to indicatewhen the system is not operating properly.The TPMS malfunction indicator is com-bined with the low tire pressure telltale.When the system detects a malfunction,the telltale will flash for approximately oneminute and then remain continuously illu-minated. This sequence will continue uponsubsequent vehicle start-ups as long asthe malfunction exists. When the malfunc-tion indicator is illuminated, the systemmay not be able to detect or signal low tirepressure as intended. TPMS malfunctionsmay occur for a variety of reasons, includ-ing the installation of replacement or alter-nate tires or wheels on the vehicle thatprevent the TPMS from functioning prop-erly. Always check the TPMS malfunctiontelltale after replacing one or more tires orwheels on your vehicle to ensure that thereplacement or alternate tires and wheelsallow the TPMS to continue to functionproperly.

Starting and driving 5-3

Additional information:

∙ When replacing a wheel without theTPMS such as the spare tire, the TPMSdoes not monitor the tire pressure ofthe spare tire.

∙ The TPMS will activate only when thevehicle is driven at speeds above16 mph (25 km/h). Also, this system maynot detect a sudden drop in tire pres-sure (for example, a flat tire while driv-ing).

∙ The low tire pressure warning light doesnot automatically turn off when the tirepressure is adjusted for all four tires. Af-ter all your tires are inflated to the rec-ommended pressure, the vehicle mustbe driven at speeds above 16 mph(25 km/h) to activate the TPMS and turnoff the low tire pressure warning light.Use a tire pressure gauge to check thetire pressure.

∙ The CHECK TIRE PRES (pressure) warn-ing message is displayed in the odom-eter when the low tire pressure warninglight is illuminated and low tire pressureis detected. The CHECK TIRE PRES warn-ing message turns off when the low tirepressure warning light turns off.

∙ The low tire pressure warning light re-mains illuminated until the tires are in-flated to the recommended COLD tirepressure. The CHECK TIRE PRES warningmessage is displayed each time the ig-nition switch is placed in the ON posi-tion as long as the low tire pressurewarning light remains illuminated.

∙ The CHECK TIRE PRES warning mes-sage is not displayed if the low tire pres-sure warning light illuminates to indi-cate a TPMS malfunction.

∙ Tire pressure rises and falls dependingon the heat caused by the vehicle’s op-eration and the outside temperature.Do not reduce the tire pressure afterdriving because the tire pressure risesafter driving. Low outside temperaturecan lower the temperature of the airinside the tire which can cause a lowertire inflation pressure. This may causethe low tire pressure warning light toilluminate. If the warning light illumi-nates, check the tire pressure for all fourtires.

∙ The Tire and Loading Information labelis located in the driver’s door opening.

For additional information, refer to “Low tirepressure warning light” in the “Instrumentsand controls” section and “Tire PressureMonitoring System (TPMS)” in the “In case ofemergency” section of this manual.




∙ If the low tire pressure warning lightilluminates while driving, avoid sud-den steering maneuvers or abruptbraking, reduce vehicle speed, pull offthe road to a safe location and stopthe vehicle as soon as possible. Driv-ing with under-inflated tires may per-manently damage the tires and in-crease the likelihood of tire failure.Serious vehicle damage could occurand may lead to an accident and couldresult in serious personal injury.Check the tire pressure for all fourtires. Adjust the tire pressure to therecommended COLD tire pressureshown on the Tire and Loading Infor-mation label to turn the low tire pres-sure warning light off. If you have a flattire, replace it with a spare tire as soonas possible. For additional informa-tion, refer to “Flat tire” in the “In case ofemergency” section of this manual.

∙ When replacing a wheel without theTPMS such as the spare tire, when aspare tire is mounted or a wheel isreplaced, tire pressure will not be indi-cated, the TPMS will not function andthe low tire pressure warning light willflash for approximately 1 minute. Thelight will remain on after 1 minute.Have your tires replaced and/or TPMSsystem reset as soon as possible. It isrecommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.


∙ Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosoltire sealant into the tires, as this maycause a malfunction of the tire pres-sure sensors.

CAUTIONDo not place metalized film or anymetal parts (antenna, etc.) on the win-dows. This may cause poor reception ofthe signals from the tire pressure sen-sors, and the TPMS will not functionproperly.

Some devices and transmitters may tem-porarily interfere with the operation of theTPMS and cause the low tire pressurewarning light to illuminate.

Some examples are:

∙ Facilities or electric devices using simi-lar radio frequencies are near the ve-hicle.

∙ If a transmitter set to similar frequen-cies is being used in or near the vehicle.

∙ If a computer (or similar equipment) ora DC/AC converter is being used in ornear the vehicle.

The low tire pressure warning light mayilluminate in the following cases:

∙ If the vehicle is equipped with a wheeland tire without TPMS.

∙ If the TPMS has been replaced and theID has not been registered.

∙ If the wheel is not originally specified byNISSAN.


FCC Notice

For USA

This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules. Operation is subject to the fol-lowing two conditions: (1) This devicemay not cause harmful interference, and(2) this device must accept any interfer-ence received, including interferencethat may cause undesired operation.

NOTE:

Changes or modifications not expresslyapproved by the party responsible forcompliance could void the user’s author-ity to operate the equipment.

For Canada

This device complies with IndustryCanada licence-exempt RSS standard(s).Operation is subject to the following twoconditions: (1) this device may not causeinterference, and (2) this device must ac-cept any interference, including interfer-ence that may cause undesired opera-tion of the device.

AVOIDING COLLISION ANDROLLOVER

WARNINGFailure to operate this vehicle in a safeand prudent manner may result in lossof control or an accident.

Be alert and drive defensively at all times.Obey all traffic regulations. Avoid excessivespeed, high speed cornering, or suddensteering maneuvers, because these drivingpractices could cause you to lose control ofyour vehicle.

As with any vehicle, loss of control couldresult in a collision with other vehicles orobjects or cause the vehicle to roll over,particularly if the loss of control causesthe vehicle to slide sideways.

Be attentive at all times, and avoid drivingwhen tired. Never drive when under the in-fluence of alcohol or drugs (including pre-scription or over-the-counter drugs whichmay cause drowsiness). Always wear yourseat belt as outlined in the “Safety – Seats,seat belts and supplemental restraint sys-tem” section of this manual, and also in-struct your passengers to do so.

Seat belts help reduce the risk of injury incollisions and rollovers. In a rollover crash,an unbelted or improperly belted personis significantly more likely to be injuredor killed than a person properly wearinga seat belt.

OFF-ROAD RECOVERYWhile driving, the right side or left sidewheels may unintentionally leave the roadsurface. If this occurs, maintain control ofthe vehicle by following the procedure be-low. Please note that this procedure is onlya general guide. The vehicle must be drivenas appropriate based on the conditions ofthe vehicle, road and traffic.

1. Remain calm and do not overreact.

2. Do not apply the brakes.

3. Maintain a firm grip on the steeringwheel with both hands and try to hold astraight course.

4. When appropriate, slowly release theaccelerator pedal to gradually slow thevehicle.


5. If there is nothing in the way, steer thevehicle to follow the road while vehiclespeed is reduced. Do not attempt todrive the vehicle back onto the roadsurface until vehicle speed is reduced.

6. When it is safe to do so, gradually turnthe steering wheel until both tires re-turn to the road surface. When all tiresare on the road surface, steer the ve-hicle to stay in the appropriate drivinglane.

∙ If you decide that it is not safe to re-turn the vehicle to the road surfacebased on vehicle, road or traffic con-ditions, gradually slow the vehicle to astop in a safe place off the road.

RAPID AIR PRESSURE LOSSRapid air pressure loss or a “blow-out” canoccur if the tire is punctured or is damageddue to hitting a curb or pothole. Rapid airpressure loss can also be caused by drivingon under-inflated tires.

Rapid air pressure loss can affect the han-dling and stability of the vehicle, especiallyat highway speeds.

Help prevent rapid air pressure loss bymaintaining the correct air pressure andvisually inspecting the tires for wear anddamage. For additional information, referto “Wheels and tires” in the “Do-it-yourself ”section of this manual. If a tire rapidly losesair pressure or “blows-out” while driving,maintain control of the vehicle by followingthe procedure below. Please note that thisprocedure is only a general guide. The ve-hicle must be driven as appropriate basedon the conditions of the vehicle, road andtraffic.

WARNINGThe following actions can increase thechance of losing control of the vehicle ifthere is a sudden loss of tire air pres-sure. Losing control of the vehicle maycause a collision and result in personalinjury.

∙ The vehicle generally moves or pullsin the direction of the flat tire.

∙ Do not rapidly apply the brakes.

∙ Do not rapidly release the acceleratorpedal.

∙ Do not rapidly turn the steering wheel.

1. Remain calm and do not overreact.

2. Maintain a firm grip on the steeringwheel with both hands and try to hold astraight course.

3. When appropriate, slowly release theaccelerator pedal to gradually slow thevehicle.

4. Gradually steer the vehicle to a safelocation off the road and away fromtraffic if possible.

5. Lightly apply the brake pedal to gradu-ally stop the vehicle.

6. Turn on the hazard warning flashersand contact a roadside emergencyservice to change the tire. For addi-tional information, refer to “Changing aflat tire” in the “In case of emergency”section of this manual.


DRINKING ALCOHOL/DRUGS ANDDRIVING

WARNINGNever drive under the influence of alco-hol or drugs. Alcohol in the bloodstreamreduces coordination, delays reactiontime and impairs judgement. Drivingafter drinking alcohol increases thelikelihood of being involved in an acci-dent injuring yourself and others. Addi-tionally, if you are injured in an accident,alcohol can increase the severity of theinjury.

NISSAN is committed to safe driving. How-ever, you must choose not to drive under theinfluence of alcohol. Every year thousands ofpeople are injured or killed in alcohol-relatedcollisions. Although the local laws vary onwhat is considered to be legally intoxicated,the fact is that alcohol affects all people dif-ferently and most people underestimate theeffects of alcohol.

Remember, drinking and driving don’t mix!That is true for drugs (over-the-counter,prescription) and illegal drugs, too. Don’tdrive if your ability to operate your vehicle isimpaired by alcohol, drugs, or some otherphysical condition.

WARNING∙ Never remove the ignition key or place

the ignition switch in the LOCK posi-tion while driving. The steering wheelwill lock (for models with a steeringlock mechanism). This may cause thedriver to lose control of the vehicleand could result in serious vehicledamage or personal injury.

CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLETRANSMISSIONThe ignition lock is designed so that theignition switch cannot be turned to theLOCK position until the shift lever is movedto the P (Park) position.

∙ When placing the ignition switch in theLOCK position, make sure that the shiftlever is in the P (Park) position

∙ When removing the key from the igni-tion switch (if it is inserted), make surethat the shift lever is in the P (Park) po-sition.

SSD0392

IGNITION SWITCH


When the ignition switch cannot be placedin the LOCK position:

1. Move the shift lever to the P (Park) posi-tion.

2. Move the ignition switch slightly in theON direction.

3. Turn the ignition switch to the LOCKposition.

4. Remove the key if it is inserted in theignition switch.

If the ignition switch is placed in the LOCKposition, the shift lever cannot be movedfrom the P (Park) position.

The shift lever can be moved if the igni-tion switch is in the ON position and thefoot brake pedal is depressed.

There is an OFF position �1 between theLOCK and ACC positions. The OFF positionis indicated by a “1” on the key cylinder.

IGNITION SWITCH POSITIONSLOCK: Normal parking position (0)

OFF: (1)

The engine can be turned off without lock-ing the steering wheel.

ACC: (Accessories) (2)

This position activates electrical accesso-ries such as the radio when the engine isnot running.

ON: Normal operating position (3)

This position turns on the ignition systemand the electrical accessories.

START: (4)

This position starts the engine. As soon asthe engine has started, release the key. Itautomatically returns to the ON position.

NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZERSYSTEMThe NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer Systemwill not allow the engine to start withoutthe use of the registered key.

If the engine fails to start using a registeredkey (for example, when interference iscaused by another registered key, an auto-mated toll road device or automatic pay-ment device on the key ring), restart theengine using the following procedure:

1. Leave the ignition switch in the ON po-sition for approximately 5 seconds.

2. Place the ignition switch in the OFF orLOCK position, and wait approximately10 seconds.

3. Repeat steps 1 and 2.

4. Restart the engine while holding thedevice (which may have caused the in-terference) separate from the regis-tered key.

If the no start condition re-occurs, NISSANrecommends placing the registered key ona separate key ring to avoid interferencefrom other devices.


∙ Make sure the area around the vehicle isclear.

∙ Check fluid levels such as engine oil,coolant, brake fluid, and windshield-washer fluid as frequently as possible,or at least whenever you refuel.

∙ Check that all windows and lights areclean.

∙ Visually inspect tires for their appear-ance and condition. Also check tires forproper inflation.

∙ Check that all doors are closed.

∙ Position seat and adjust headrestraints/headrests.

∙ Adjust inside and outside mirrors.

∙ Fasten seat belts and ask all passen-gers to do likewise.

∙ Check the operation of warning lightswhen the ignition switch is placed in theON position. For additional information,refer to “Warning lights, indicator lightsand audible reminders” in the “Instru-ments and controls” section of thismanual.

1. Apply the parking brake.

2. Move the shift lever to P (Park) or N(Neutral). P (Park) is recommended.

The shift lever cannot be moved outof P (Park) and into any of the othergear positions if the ignition switchis turned to the OFF position or if thekey is removed from the ignitionswitch.

The starter is designed not to oper-ate if the shift lever is in any of thedriving positions.

3. Crank the engine with your foot offthe accelerator pedal by placing theignition switch in the START position.Release the key when the enginestarts. If the engine starts, but fails torun, repeat the above procedure.

∙ If the engine is very hard to start inextremely cold weather or when re-starting, depress the acceleratorpedal a little (approximately 1/3 to thefloor) and hold it and then crank theengine. Release the key and the ac-celerator pedal when the enginestarts.

∙ If the engine is very hard to start be-cause it is flooded, depress the accel-

erator pedal all the way to the floorand hold it. Crank the engine for5–6 seconds. After cranking the en-gine, release the accelerator pedal.Crank the engine with your foot offthe accelerator pedal by turning theignition key to the START position. Re-lease the key when the engine starts.If the engine starts, but fails to run,repeat the above procedure.

CAUTIONDo not operate the starter for morethan 15 seconds at a time. If the enginedoes not start, turn the key to the OFFposition and wait 10 seconds beforecranking again, otherwise the startercould be damaged.

4. Allow the engine to idle for at least30 seconds after starting. Do not racethe engine while warming it up. Drive ata moderate speed for a short distancefirst, especially in cold weather.

In cold weather, keep the engine run-ning for a minimum of 2–3 minutesbefore shutting it off. Starting andstopping the engine over a short pe-riod of time may make the vehiclemore difficult to start.

BEFORE STARTING THE ENGINE STARTING THE ENGINE


NOTE:

Care should be taken to avoid situationsthat can lead to potential battery dis-charge and potential no-start conditionssuch as:

1. Installation or extended use of elec-tronic accessories that consume bat-tery power when the engine is notrunning (phone chargers, GPS, DVDplayers, etc.).

2. The vehicle is not driven regularlyand/or only driven short distances.

In these cases, the battery may need tobe charged to maintain battery health.

ENGINE PROTECTION MODEThe engine has an engine protection modeto reduce the chance of damage if thecoolant temperature becomes too high(for example, when climbing steep gradesin high temperature with heavy loads, suchas when towing a trailer). When the enginetemperature reaches a certain level:

∙ The high temperature warning light willturn on.

∙ Engine power may be reduced.

∙ The air conditioning cooling functionmay be automatically turned off for ashort time (the blower will continue tooperate).

Engine power and, under some conditions,vehicle speed will decrease. Vehicle speedcan be controlled with the acceleratorpedal, but the vehicle may not accelerate atthe desired speed. The transmission willdownshift or upshift as it reaches pre-scribed shift points. You can also shiftmanually.

As driving conditions change and enginecoolant temperature is reduced, vehiclespeed can be increased using the accel-

erator pedal, and air conditioning coolingfunction will automatically be turned backon.

Move the vehicle off the road in a safe areaand allow the engine to cool if the followingoccurs:

1. The engine coolant temperature is notreduced.

2. The air conditioning cooling functiondoes not turn back on.

3. The engine oil pressure low and hightemperature warning light illumi-nates. This may indicate a malfunction.

If after checking the oil and coolant,the remains on, do not continue todrive. It is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer for servicing.The Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) mayalso come ON. If only it remains on, you donot need to have your vehicle towed, buthave it inspected soon. It is recommendedthat you visit a NISSAN dealer for this ser-vice. For additional information, refer to“Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)” in the “In-struments and controls” section of thismanual.

DRIVING THE VEHICLE


WARNINGOverheating can result in reduced en-gine power and vehicle speed. The re-duced speed may be lower than othertraffic, which could increase the chanceof a collision. Be especially careful whendriving. If the vehicle cannot maintain asafe driving speed, pull to the side of theroad in a safe area. Allow the engine tocool and return to normal operation. Foradditional information, refer to “If yourvehicle overheats” in the “In case ofemergency” section of this manual.

CAUTIONRunning the engine with the engine oilpressure warning light on could causeserious damage to the engine almostimmediately. Such damage is not cov-ered by warranty. Turn off the engine assoon as it is safe to do so.

CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLETRANSMISSION (CVT)

WARNING∙ Do not depress the accelerator pedal

while shifting from P (Park) or N (Neu-tral) to R (Reverse), D (Drive) or L (Low).Always depress the brake pedal untilshifting is completed. Failure to do socould cause you to lose control andhave an accident.

∙ Cold engine idle speed is high, so usecaution when shifting into a forwardor reverse gear before the engine haswarmed up.

∙ Do not downshift abruptly on slipperyroads. This may cause a loss ofcontrol.

∙ Never shift to either the P (Park) or R(Reverse) position while the vehicle ismoving forward and P (Park) or D(Drive) position while the vehicle is re-versing. This could cause an accidentor damage the transmission.

∙ Except in an emergency, do not shiftto the N (Neutral) position while driv-ing. Coasting with the transmission inthe N (Neutral) position may cause se-rious damage to the transmission.

CAUTIONTo avoid possible damage to your ve-hicle, when stopping the vehicle on anuphill grade, do not hold the vehicle bydepressing the accelerator pedal. Thefoot brake should be used for thispurpose.

The CVT in your vehicle is electronicallycontrolled to produce maximum powerand smooth operation.

The recommended operating proceduresfor this transmission are shown on the fol-lowing pages. Follow these procedures formaximum vehicle performance and driv-ing enjoyment.

NOTE:

Engine power may be automatically re-duced to protect the CVT if the enginespeed increases quickly when driving onslippery roads or while being tested onsome dynamometers.


Starting the vehicle

WARNING∙ Do not depress the accelerator pedal

while shifting from P (Park) or N (Neu-tral) to R (Reverse), D (Drive) or L (Low).Always depress the brake pedal untilshifting is completed. Failure to do socould cause you to lose control andhave an accident.

∙ Cold engine idle speed is high, so usecaution when shifting into a forwardor reverse gear before the engine haswarmed up.

∙ Do not downshift abruptly on slipperyroads. This may cause a loss ofcontrol.

∙ Never shift to either the P (Park) or R(Reverse) position while the vehicle ismoving forward and P (Park) or D(Drive) position while the vehicle is re-versing. This could cause an accidentor damage the transmission.

∙ Except in an emergency, do not shiftto the N (Neutral) position while driv-ing. Coasting with the transmission inthe N (Neutral) position may cause se-rious damage to the transmission.

CAUTIONTo avoid possible damage to your ve-hicle, when stopping the vehicle on anuphill grade, do not hold the vehicle bydepressing the accelerator pedal. Thefoot brake should be used for thispurpose.

1. After starting the engine, fully depressthe foot brake pedal before moving theshift lever out of the P (Park) position.

2. Keep the foot brake pedal depressedand move the shift lever into a drivinggear.

3. Release the foot brake, then graduallystart the vehicle in motion.

4. Stop the vehicle completely beforemoving the shift lever into the P (Park)position.

The Continuously Variable Transmissionis designed so the foot brake pedal MUSTbe depressed before shifting from P(Park) to any drive position while the ig-nition switch is in the ON position.

The shift lever cannot be moved out of P(Park) and into any of the other gear po-sitions if the ignition switch is placed inthe LOCK, OFF or ACC position or if thekey is removed.


ShiftingAfter starting the engine, fully depress thebrake pedal and move the shift lever from P(Park) to any of the desired shift positions.

WARNINGApply the parking brake if the shift leveris in any position while the engine is notrunning. Failure to do so could causethe vehicle to move unexpectedly or rollaway and result in serious personal in-jury or property damage.

If the ignition switch is placed in the OFF orACC position for any reason while the ve-hicle is in N (Neutral), or any drive position,the key cannot be turned to the LOCK po-sition and cannot be removed from theignition switch. If this occurs, perform thefollowing steps:

1. Apply the parking brake when the ve-hicle is stopped.

2. Move the shift lever to P (Park) to parkthe vehicle and place the ignitionswitch in the LOCK position to removethe key.

P (Park)

CAUTIONTo prevent transmission damage, usethe P (Park) position only when the ve-hicle is completely stopped.

Use the P (Park) shift lever position whenthe vehicle is parked or when starting theengine. Make sure the vehicle is completelystopped. The brake pedal must be de-pressed and the shift lever buttonpressed in to move the shift lever from N(Neutral) or any drive position to P (Park).Apply the parking brake. When parking on a

hill, apply the parking brake first, then placethe shift lever into the P (Park) position.

R (Reverse)

CAUTIONTo prevent transmission damage, usethe R (Reverse) position only when thevehicle is completely stopped.

Use the R (Reverse) position to back up.Make sure the vehicle is completelystopped before selecting the R (Reverse)position. R (Reverse) speed is limited to30 mph (48 km/h). Do not exceed 30 mph(48 km/h) in the R (Reverse) position. Thebrake pedal must be depressed and theshift lever button pressed in to move theshift lever from P (Park), N (Neutral) orany drive position to R (Reverse).

N (Neutral)

Neither forward nor reverse gear is en-gaged. The engine can be started in thisposition. You may shift to N (Neutral) andrestart a stalled engine while the vehicle ismoving.

LSD2139


D (Drive)

Use this position for all normal forwarddriving.

L (Low)

Use this position for engine braking onsteep downhill gradients/climbing steepslopes and whenever approaching sharpbends. Do not use the L (Low) position inany other circumstances.

Shift lock releaseIf the battery is discharged, the shift levermay not be moved from the P (Park) posi-tion even with the foot brake pedal de-pressed.

To move the shift lever, perform the follow-ing procedure:

1. Place the ignition switch in the LOCKposition and remove the key.

2. Apply the parking brake.

3. Remove the shift lock release cover us-ing a suitable tool.

4. Push down the shift lock release usinga suitable tool.

5. Press the shift lever button and movethe shift lever to the N (Neutral) positionwhile holding down the shift lock re-lease.

Place the ignition switch in the ON positionto unlock the steering wheel. The vehiclemay be moved to the desired location.

Replace the removed shift lock releasecover after the operation.

If the shift lever cannot be moved out of theP (Park) position, have the ContinuouslyVariable Transmission system checked assoon as possible. It is recommended thatyou visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

LSD2141


Overdrive (O/D) OFF switchWhen the O/D OFF switch is pushed withthe shift lever in the D (Drive) position,the indicator light in the instrumentpanel illuminates. For additional informa-tion, refer to “Overdrive OFF indicator light”in the “Instruments and controls” section ofthis manual.Use the overdrive OFF mode when youneed improved engine braking.

To turn off the overdrive OFF mode, pushthe O/D OFF switch again. The indi-cator light will turn off.

Each time the engine is started, or whenthe shift lever is moved to any positionother than D (Drive), the overdrive OFFmode will be automatically turned off.

Accelerator downshift— in D (Drive) position —For passing or hill climbing, depress theaccelerator pedal to the floor. This shiftsthe transmission down into a lower gear,depending on the vehicle speed.

High fluid temperature protectionmodeThis transmission has a high fluid tem-perature protection mode. If the fluid tem-perature becomes too high (for example,when climbing steep grades in high tem-peratures with heavy loads, such as whentowing a trailer), engine power and, undersome conditions, vehicle speed will be de-creased automatically to reduce thechance of transmission damage. Vehiclespeed can be controlled with the accelera-tor pedal, but the engine and vehicle speedmay be limited.

Fail-safeWhen the fail-safe operation occurs, theContinuously Variable Transmission willnot be shifted into the selected driving po-sition.

If the vehicle is driven under extremeconditions, such as excessive wheelspinning and subsequent hard braking,the fail-safe system may be activated.The Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)may come on to indicate the fail-safemode is activated. For additional infor-mation, refer to “Malfunction IndicatorLight (MIL)” in the “Instruments and con-trols” section of this manual. This will oc-cur even if all electrical circuits are func-tioning properly. In this case, place theignition switch in the OFF position andwait for 10 seconds. Then place the igni-tion switch back in the ON position. Thevehicle should return to its normal oper-ating condition. If it does not return to itsnormal operating condition, have thetransmission checked and repaired, ifnecessary. It is recommended that youvisit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

LSD2140


WARNINGWhen the high fluid temperature pro-tection mode or fail-safe operation oc-curs, vehicle speed may be gradually re-duced. The reduced speed may be lowerthan other traffic, which could increasethe chance of a collision. Be especiallycareful when driving. If necessary, pullto the side of the road at a safe placeand allow the transmission to return tonormal operation, or have it repaired ifnecessary.

WARNING∙ Be sure the parking brake is fully re-

leased before driving. Failure to do socan cause brake failure and lead to anaccident.

∙ Do not release the parking brake fromoutside the vehicle.

∙ Do not use the shift lever in place ofthe parking brake. When parking, besure the parking brake is fullyengaged.


To engage: Pull the lever up.

To release:

1. Firmly apply the parking brake.

2. Move the shift lever to the P (Park) po-sition.

3. While pulling up on the parking brakelever slightly, press the button andlower completely.

4. Before driving, be sure the brake warn-ing light goes out.

LSD2142

PARKING BRAKE


PRECAUTIONS ON CRUISECONTROL

1. CANCEL switch

2. ACCEL/RES switch

3. COAST/SET switch

4. ON/OFF switch

∙ If the cruise control system malfunc-tions, it cancels automatically.

∙ To properly set the cruise control sys-tem, use the following procedures.

WARNINGDo not use the cruise control when driv-ing under the following conditions:

∙ When it is not possible to keep thevehicle at a set speed.

∙ In heavy traffic or in traffic that variesin speed.

∙ On winding or hilly roads.

∙ On slippery roads (rain, snow, ice, etc.).

∙ In very windy areas.

Doing so could cause a loss of vehiclecontrol and result in an accident.

CRUISE CONTROL OPERATIONSThe cruise control allows driving at a speedbetween 30 - 89 mph (48 - 144 km/h) with-out keeping your foot on the acceleratorpedal.

To turn on the cruise control, push theON/OFF switch. The CRUISE indicator lightin the instrument panel comes on.

To set cruising speed, accelerate the ve-hicle to the desired speed, push theCOAST/SET switch and release it. Take yourfoot off the accelerator pedal. Your vehiclemaintains the set speed.

∙ To pass another vehicle, depress theaccelerator pedal. When you release thepedal, the vehicle returns to the previ-ously set speed.

∙ The vehicle may not maintain the setspeed when going up or down steephills. If this happens, drive without thecruise control.

To cancel the preset speed, use one of thefollowing three methods:

∙ Push the CANCEL switch.

∙ Tap the brake pedal.

∙ Push the ON/OFF switch. The CRUISEindicator light in the instrument panelwill go out.

The cruise control is automatically can-celed if:

∙ You depress the brake pedal whilepushing the ACCEL/RES or COAST/SETswitch. The preset speed is deletedfrom memory.

∙ The vehicle slows down more than8 mph (13 km/h) below the set speed.

∙ You move the shift lever to N (Neutral).

LSD2430

CRUISE CONTROL (if so equipped)


To reset at a faster cruising speed, useone of the following three methods:

∙ Depress the accelerator pedal. Whenthe vehicle attains the desired speed,push and release the COAST/SETswitch.

∙ Push and hold the ACCEL/RES switch.When the vehicle attains the speed youdesire, release the switch.

∙ Push and release the ACCEL/RESswitch. Each time you do this, the setspeed increases by about 1 mph(1.6 km/h).

To reset at a slower cruising speed, useone of the following three methods:

∙ Lightly tap the brake pedal. When thevehicle attains the desired speed, pushthe COAST/SET switch and release it.

∙ Push and hold the COAST/SET switch.Release the switch when the vehicleslows to the desired speed.

∙ Push and release the COAST/SETswitch. Each time you do this, the setspeed decreases by about 1 mph(1.6 km/h).

To resume the preset speed, push andrelease the ACCEL/RES switch. The vehiclereturns to the last set cruising speed whenthe vehicle speed is over 30 mph (48 km/h).

CAUTIONDuring the first 1,200 miles (2,000 km),follow these recommendations to ob-tain maximum engine performanceand ensure the future reliability andeconomy of your new vehicle. Failure tofollow these recommendations may re-sult in shortened engine life and re-duced engine performance.

∙ Avoid driving for long periods at con-stant speed, either fast or slow, and donot run the engine over 4,000 rpm.

∙ Do not accelerate at full throttle in anygear.

∙ Avoid quick starts.

∙ Avoid hard braking as much as pos-sible.

BREAK-IN SCHEDULE


Follow these easy-to-use Fuel EfficientDriving Tips to help you achieve the mostfuel economy from your vehicle.

1. Use Smooth Accelerator and BrakePedal Application

∙ Avoid rapid starts and stops.

∙ Use smooth, gentle accelerator andbrake application whenever possible.

∙ Maintain constant speed while com-muting and coast whenever pos-sible.

2. Maintain Constant Speed

∙ Look ahead to try and anticipate andminimize stops.

∙ Synchronizing your speed with trafficlights allows you to reduce your num-ber of stops.

∙ Maintaining a steady speed can mini-mize red light stops and improve fuelefficiency.

3. Use Air Conditioning (A/C) at HigherVehicle Speeds

∙ Below 40 mph (64 km/h), it is moreefficient to open windows to cool thevehicle due to reduced engine load.

∙ Above 40 mph (64 km/h), it is moreefficient to use A/C to cool the vehicledue to increased aerodynamic drag.

∙ Recirculating the cool air in the cabinwhen the A/C is on reduces coolingload.

4. Drive at Economical Speeds and Dis-tances

∙ Observing the speed limit and notexceeding 60 mph (97 km/h) (wherelegally allowed) can improve fuel effi-ciency due to reduced aerodynamicdrag.

∙ Maintaining a safe following distancebehind other vehicles reduces un-necessary braking.

∙ Safely monitoring traffic to anticipatechanges in speed permits reducedbraking and smooth accelerationchanges.

∙ Select a gear range suitable to roadconditions.

5. Use Cruise Control

∙ Using cruise control during highwaydriving helps maintain a steadyspeed.

∙ Cruise control is particularly effectivein providing fuel savings when drivingon flat terrains.

6. Plan for the Shortest Route

∙ Utilize a map or navigation system todetermine the best route to savetime.

7. Avoid Idling

∙ Shutting off your engine when safefor stops exceeding 30–60 secondssaves fuel and reduces emissions.

8. Buy an Automated Pass for TollRoads

∙ Automated passes permit drivers touse special lanes to maintain cruis-ing speed through the toll and avoidstopping and starting.

FUEL EFFICIENT DRIVING TIPS


9. Winter Warm Up

∙ Limit idling time to minimize impactto fuel economy.

∙ Vehicles typically need no more than30 seconds of idling at start-up toeffectively circulate the engine oil be-fore driving.

∙ Your vehicle will reach its ideal oper-ating temperature more quicklywhile driving versus idling.

10. Keeping your Vehicle Cool

∙ Park your vehicle in a covered parkingarea or in the shade whenever pos-sible.

∙ When entering a hot vehicle, openingthe windows will help to reduce theinside temperature faster, resulting inreduced demand on your A/C sys-tem.

∙ Keep your engine tuned up.

∙ Follow the recommended scheduledmaintenance.

∙ Keep the tires inflated to the correctpressure. Low tire pressure increasestire wear and lowers fuel economy.

∙ Keep the wheels in correct alignment.Improper alignment increases tire wearand lowers fuel economy.

∙ Use the recommended viscosity engineoil. For additional information, refer to“Engine oil and oil filter recommenda-tions” in the “Technical and consumerinformation” section of this manual.

INCREASING FUEL ECONOMY


WARNING∙ Do not stop or park the vehicle over

flammable materials such as drygrass, waste paper or rags. They mayignite and cause a fire.

∙ Safe parking procedures require thatboth the parking brake be set and thetransmission placed into P (Park). Fail-ure to do so could cause the vehicle tomove unexpectedly or roll away andresult in an accident. Make sure theshift lever has been pushed as far for-ward as it can go and cannot bemoved without depressing the footbrake pedal.

∙ Never leave the engine running whilethe vehicle is unattended.

∙ Do not leave children unattended in-side the vehicle. They could unknow-ingly activate switches or controls ormake the vehicle move. Unattendedchildren could become involved in se-rious accidents.


1. Firmly apply the parking brake.

2. Move the shift lever to the P (Park) po-sition.

3. To help prevent the vehicle from rollinginto traffic when parked on an incline, itis a good practice to turn the wheels asillustrated.

WSD0050

PARKING/PARKING ON HILLS


∙ HEADED DOWNHILL WITH CURB �A :

Turn the wheels into the curb andmove the vehicle forward until the curbside wheel gently touches the curb.

∙ HEADED UPHILL WITH CURB �B :

Turn the wheels away from the curband move the vehicle back until thecurb side wheel gently touches thecurb.

∙ HEADED UPHILL OR DOWNHILL, NOCURB �C :

Turn the wheels toward the side of theroad so the vehicle will move awayfrom the center of the road if it moves.

4. Place the ignition switch in the LOCKposition.

WARNING∙ If the engine is not running or is

turned off while driving, the power as-sist for the steering will not work.Steering will be harder to operate.

∙ When the power steering warninglight illuminates with the engine run-ning, there will be no power assist forthe steering. You will still have controlof the vehicle, but the steering will beharder to operate. Have the powersteering system checked. It is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealerfor this service.

The power steering system is designed toprovide power assist while driving to oper-ate the steering wheel with light force.

When the steering wheel is operated re-peatedly or continuously while parking ordriving at a very low speed, the power as-sist for the steering wheel will be reduced.This is to prevent overheating of the powersteering system and protect it from gettingdamaged. While the power assist is re-duced, steering wheel operation will be-come heavy. When the temperature of thepower steering system goes down, thepower assist level will return to normal.Avoid repeating such steering wheel op-

erations that could cause the power steer-ing system to overheat.

You may hear a sound when the steeringwheel is operated quickly. However, this isnot a malfunction.

If the power steering warning light illumi-nates while the engine is running, it mayindicate the power steering system is notfunctioning properly and may need servic-ing. Have the power steering systemchecked. It is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer for this service.

When the power steering warning light illu-minates with the engine running, there willbe no power assist for the steering, but youwill still have control of the vehicle. At thistime, greater steering effort is required tooperate the steering wheel, especially insharp turns and at low speeds.

For additional information, refer to “Powersteering warning light” in the “Instrumentsand controls” section of this manual.

POWER STEERING


The brake system has two separate hy-draulic circuits. If one circuit malfunctions,you will still have braking at two wheels.

BRAKE PRECAUTIONSVacuum assisted brakesThe brake booster aids braking by usingengine vacuum. If the engine stops, youcan stop the vehicle by depressing thebrake pedal. However, greater foot pres-sure on the brake pedal will be required tostop the vehicle and stopping distance willbe longer.

Using the brakesAvoid resting your foot on the brake pedalwhile driving. This will overheat the brakes,wear out the brake pads faster, and reducegas mileage.

To help reduce brake wear and to preventthe brakes from overheating, reduce speedand downshift to a lower gear before goingdown a slope or long grade. Overheatedbrakes may reduce braking performanceand could result in loss of vehicle control.

WARNING∙ While driving on a slippery surface, be

careful when braking, accelerating ordownshifting. Abrupt braking or ac-celerating could cause the wheels toskid and result in an accident.

∙ If the engine is not running or isturned off while driving, the power as-sist for the brakes will not work. Brak-ing will be harder.

Wet brakesWhen the vehicle is washed or driventhrough water, the brakes may get wet. Asa result, your braking distance will be lon-ger and the vehicle may pull to one sideduring braking.

To dry the brakes, drive the vehicle at a safespeed while lightly pressing the brakepedal to heat up the brakes. Do this untilthe brakes return to normal. Avoid drivingthe vehicle at high speeds until the brakesfunction correctly.

Parking brake break-inBreak in the parking brake shoes wheneverthe stopping effect of the parking brake isweakened or whenever the brake shoes

and/or drums/rotors are replaced, in orderto assure the best brake performance.

This procedure is described in the vehicleservice manual. It is recommended thatyou visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS)

WARNING∙ The ABS is a sophisticated device, but

it cannot prevent accidents resultingfrom careless or dangerous drivingtechniques. It can help maintain ve-hicle control during braking on slip-pery surfaces. Remember that stop-ping distances on slippery surfaceswill be longer than on normal sur-faces even with ABS. Stopping dis-tances may also be longer on rough,gravel or snow covered roads, or if youare using tire chains. Always maintaina safe distance from the vehicle infront of you. Ultimately, the driver isresponsible for safety.

∙ Tire type and condition may also af-fect braking effectiveness.

– When replacing tires, install thespecified size of tires on all fourwheels.

BRAKE SYSTEM


– When installing a spare tire, makesure that it is the proper size andtype as specified on the Tire andLoading Information label. For ad-ditional information, refer to “Tireand Loading Information label” inthe “Technical and consumer infor-mation” section of this manual.

– For additional information, refer to“Wheels and tires” in the “Do-it-yourself” section of this manual.

The ABS controls the brakes so the wheelsdo not lock during hard braking or whenbraking on slippery surfaces. The systemdetects the rotation speed at each wheeland varies the brake fluid pressure to pre-vent each wheel from locking and sliding.By preventing each wheel from locking, thesystem helps the driver maintain steeringcontrol and helps to minimize swervingand spinning on slippery surfaces.

Using the systemDepress the brake pedal and hold it down.Depress the brake pedal with firm steadypressure, but do not pump the brakes. TheAnti-lock Braking System will operate toprevent the wheels from locking up. Steerthe vehicle to avoid obstacles.

WARNINGDo not pump the brake pedal. Doing somay result in increased stoppingdistances.

Self-test featureThe Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) in-cludes electronic sensors, electric pumps,hydraulic solenoids and a computer. Thecomputer has a built-in diagnostic featurethat tests the system each time you startthe engine and move the vehicle at a lowspeed in forward or reverse. When the self-test occurs, you may hear a “clunk” noiseand/or feel a pulsation in the brake pedal.This is normal and does not indicate a mal-function. If the computer senses a mal-function, it switches the ABS off and illumi-nates the ABS warning light on theinstrument panel. The brake system thenoperates normally but without anti-lockassistance.

If the ABS warning light illuminates duringthe self-test or while driving, have the ve-hicle checked. It is recommended that youvisit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

Normal operationThe Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) oper-ates at speeds above 3 - 6 mph (5 -10 km/h). The speed varies according toroad conditions.

When the ABS senses that one or morewheels are close to locking up, the actuatorrapidly applies and releases hydraulic pres-sure. This action is similar to pumping thebrakes very quickly. You may feel a pulsa-tion in the brake pedal and hear a noisefrom under the hood or feel a vibrationfrom the actuator when it is operating. Thisis normal and indicates that the ABS is op-erating properly. However, the pulsationmay indicate that road conditions are haz-ardous and extra care is required whiledriving.

BRAKE ASSISTWhen the force applied to the brake pedalexceeds a certain level, the Brake Assist isactivated generating greater braking forcethan a conventional brake booster evenwith light pedal force.


WARNINGThe Brake Assist is only an aid to assistbraking operation and is not a collisionwarning or avoidance device. It is thedriver’s responsibility to stay alert, drivesafely and be in control of the vehicle atall times.

The VDC system uses various sensors tomonitor driver inputs and vehicle motion.Under certain driving conditions, the VDCsystem helps to perform the followingfunctions:

∙ Controls brake pressure to reducewheel slip on one slipping drive wheelso power is transferred to a non-slipping drive wheel on the same axle.

∙ Controls brake pressure and engineoutput to reduce drive wheel slip basedon vehicle speed (traction control func-tion).

∙ Controls brake pressure at individualwheels and engine output to help thedriver maintain control of the vehicle inthe following conditions:

– Understeer (vehicle tends to not fol-low the steered path despite in-creased steering input)

– Oversteer (vehicle tends to spin dueto certain road or driving conditions)

The VDC system can help the driver tomaintain control of the vehicle, but it can-not prevent loss of vehicle control in all driv-ing situations.

When the VDC system operates, theindicator light in the instrument panelflashes to note the following:

∙ The road may be slippery or the systemmay determine some action is requiredto help keep the vehicle on the steeredpath.

∙ You may feel a pulsation in the brakepedal and hear a noise or vibration fromunder the hood. This is normal and indi-cates that the VDC system is workingproperly.

∙ Adjust your speed and driving to theroad conditions.

For additional information, refer to “Slip in-dicator light” and “Vehicle Dynamic Control(VDC) OFF indicator light” in the “Instru-ments and controls” section of this manual.

If a malfunction occurs in the system,the indicator light comes on in theinstrument panel. The VDC system auto-matically turns off when the indicator lightis on.The VDC OFF switch is used to turn off theVDC system. The indicator light illu-minates to indicate the VDC system is off.When the VDC OFF switch is used to turn offthe system, the VDC system still operates

VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL (VDC)SYSTEM


to prevent one drive wheel from slipping bytransferring power to a non-slipping drivewheel. The indicator light flashes ifthis occurs. All other VDC functions are offand the indicator light will not flash.The VDC system is automatically reset toON when the ignition switch is placed in theOFF position then back to the ON position.

The computer has a built-in diagnostic fea-ture that tests the system each time youstart the engine and move the vehicle for-ward or in reverse at a slow speed. Whenthe self-test occurs, you may hear a clunknoise and/or feel a pulsation in the brakepedal. This is normal and is not an indica-tion of a malfunction.

WARNING∙ The VDC system is designed to help

the driver maintain stability but doesnot prevent accidents due to abruptsteering operation at high speeds orby careless or dangerous drivingtechniques. Reduce vehicle speed andbe especially careful when driving andcornering on slippery surfaces and al-ways drive carefully.

∙ Do not modify the vehicle’s suspen-sion. If suspension parts such asshock absorbers, struts, springs, sta-bilizer bars, bushings and wheels arenot NISSAN recommended for yourvehicle or are extremely deteriorated,the VDC system may not operateproperly. This could adversely affectvehicle handling performance, andthe indicator light may flash orthe indicator light mayilluminate.

∙ If brake related parts such as brakepads, rotors and calipers are notNISSAN recommended or are ex-tremely deteriorated, the VDC systemmay not operate properly and boththe and indicator lightsmay illuminate.

∙ If engine control related parts are notNISSAN recommended or are ex-tremely deteriorated, both theand the indicator lights mayilluminate.

∙ When driving on extremely inclinedsurfaces such as higher banked cor-ners, the VDC system may not operateproperly and the indicator lightmay flash or the indicator lightmay illuminate. Do not drive on thesetypes of roads.

∙ When driving on an unstable surfacesuch as a turntable, ferry, elevator orramp, the indicator light mayflash or the indicator light mayilluminate. This is not a malfunction.Restart the engine after driving ontoa stable surface.

∙ If wheels or tires other than theNISSAN recommended ones are used,the VDC system may not operateproperly and the indicator lightmay flash or the indicator lightmay illuminate.

∙ The VDC system is not a substitute forwinter tires or tire chains on a snowcovered road.


RISE-UP AND BUILD-UPThe system gradually adjusts brakingpower during normal braking to help pro-vide an enhanced brake feel.

BRAKE FORCE DISTRIBUTIONDuring braking while driving through turns,the system optimizes the distribution offorce to each of the four wheels dependingon the radius of the turn.

WARNING∙ The VDC system is designed to help

the driver maintain stability but doesnot prevent accidents due to abruptsteering operation at high speeds orby careless or dangerous drivingtechniques. Reduce vehicle speed andbe especially careful when driving andcornering on slippery surfaces and al-ways drive carefully.

∙ Do not modify the vehicle’s suspen-sion. If suspension parts such asshock absorbers, struts, springs, sta-bilizer bars, bushings and wheels arenot NISSAN recommended for yourvehicle or are extremely deteriorated,the VDC system may not operateproperly. This could adversely affectvehicle handling performance, andthe indicator light may flash orthe indicator light mayilluminate.

∙ If brake related parts such as brakepads, rotors and calipers are notNISSAN recommended or are ex-tremely deteriorated, the VDC systemmay not operate properly and boththe and indicator lightsmay illuminate.

∙ If engine control related parts are notNISSAN recommended or are ex-tremely deteriorated, both theand the indicator lights mayilluminate.

∙ When driving on extremely inclinedsurfaces such as higher banked cor-ners, the VDC system may not operateproperly and the indicator lightmay flash or the indicator lightmay illuminate. Do not drive on thesetypes of roads.

∙ When driving on an unstable surfacesuch as a turntable, ferry, elevator orramp, the indicator light mayflash or the indicator light mayilluminate. This is not a malfunction.Restart the engine after driving ontoa stable surface.

∙ If wheels or tires other than theNISSAN recommended ones are used,the VDC system may not operateproperly and the indicator lightmay flash or the indicator lightmay illuminate.

∙ The VDC system is not a substitute forwinter tires or tire chains on a snowcovered road.


WARNING∙ Never rely solely on the hill start assist

system to prevent the vehicle frommoving backward on a hill. Alwaysdrive carefully and attentively. De-press the brake pedal when the ve-hicle is stopped on a steep hill. Be es-pecially careful when stopped on a hillon frozen or muddy roads. Failure toprevent the vehicle from rolling back-wards may result in a loss of control ofthe vehicle and possible serious injuryor death.

∙ The hill start assist system is not de-signed to hold the vehicle at a stand-still on a hill. Depress the brake pedalwhen the vehicle is stopped on asteep hill. Failure to do so may causethe vehicle to roll backwards and mayresult in a collision or serious personalinjury.

∙ The hill start assist system may notprevent the vehicle from rolling back-wards on a hill under all load or roadconditions. Always be prepared to de-press the brake pedal to prevent thevehicle from rolling backwards. Fail-ure to do so may result in a collision orserious personal injury.

When the vehicle is stopped on a hill, the hillstart assist system automatically keepsthe brakes applied to help prevent the ve-hicle from rolling backward in the time ittakes the driver to release the brake pedaland apply the accelerator.

The hill start assist system will operate au-tomatically under the following conditions:

∙ The transmission is shifted to a forwardor reverse gear.

∙ The vehicle is stopped completely on ahill by applying the brake. The maxi-mum holding time is 2 seconds. After2 seconds the vehicle will begin to rollback and the hill start assist system willstop operating completely.

The hill start assist system will not operatewhen the shift lever is placed in the N (Neu-tral) or P (Park) position or on a flat and levelroad.

WARNINGFailure to follow the warnings and in-structions for proper use of the RSScould result in serious injury or death.

∙ The RSS is not a replacement forproper driving procedures and is notdesigned to prevent contact with ve-hicles or objects.

∙ Always turn and look before backingup.

∙ Read and understand the limitationsof the RSS as contained in this section.Inclement weather may affect thefunction of the RSS; this may includereduced performance or a falseactivation.

∙ This system is not designed to pre-vent contact with small or movingobjects.

∙ The system is designed as an aid tothe driver in detecting large station-ary objects to help avoid damagingthe vehicle. The system will not detectsmall objects below the bumper, andmay not detect objects close to thebumper or on the ground.

HILL START ASSIST SYSTEM REAR SONAR SYSTEM (RSS) (if soequipped)


∙ If your vehicle sustains damage to therear bumper fascia, leaving it mis-aligned or bent, the sensing zone maybe altered causing inaccurate mea-surement of obstacles or false alarms.

The RSS sounds a tone to warn the driver ofobstacles near the rear bumper when theignition is in the ON position and the shiftlever is in the R (Reverse) position.

RSS SYSTEM OPERATIONThe RSS is automatically activated whenthe ignition is in the ON position and theshift lever is in the R (Reverse) position. Thesystem detects obstacles up to 5.9 feet(1.8 meters) from the rear bumper with de-creased coverage area at the outer cor-ners of the bumper (refer to the illustrationfor coverage area). As you move closer toobstacles the rate of the warning tone willincrease. When the obstacle is less than10 in. (25 cm.) away, the tone will soundcontinuously. If the RSS detects a station-ary or receding object further than 10 in.(25 cm.) from the side of the vehicle the

tone will sound for only 3 seconds. Oncethe system detects an object approaching,the tone will sound again.

LSD0088


HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THERSSThe RSS is automatically activated whenthe ignition is in the ON position and theshift lever is in the R (Reverse) position.

Perform the following steps to enable ordisable the RSS:

1. Push the Rear Sonar System (RSS) OFFswitch (the orange light will illuminate)to turn the system off.

2. To turn the system back on, push theRear Sonar System (RSS) OFF switch(the orange light will go out) and theRSS will be enabled.

NOTE:

The RSS will automatically be turned onwhen the engine is restarted.

LSD2798


RSS LIMITATIONS

WARNINGListed below are the system limitationsfor the RSS. Failure to operate the ve-hicle in accordance with these systemlimitations could result in serious injuryor death.

∙ The driver is always responsible forsafety during parking and other ma-neuvers. Always turn and look backbefore backing up. The RSS is not asubstitute for proper procedures.

∙ Read and understand the limitationsof the RSS as contained in this section.Inclement weather may affect thefunction of the RSS; this may includereduced performance or a falseactivation.

∙ This system is not designed to pre-vent contact with small or movingobjects.

∙ The system is designed as an aid tothe driver in detecting large station-ary objects to help avoid damagingthe vehicle. The system will not detectsmall objects below the bumper, andmay not detect objects close to thebumper or on the ground.

∙ The system is deactivated at speedsabove 6 mph (10 km/h). It is reacti-vated at lower speeds.

∙ Inclement weather or ultrasonicsources such as an automatic carwash, a truck’s compressed-airbrakes or a pneumatic drill may affectthe function of the system; this mayinclude reduced performance or afalse activation.

∙ The system is not designed to preventcontact with small or moving objects.Always move slowly. The system willnot detect small objects below thebumper or on the ground.

∙ The system may not detect the fol-lowing objects: fluffy objects such assnow, cloth, cotton, glass-wool, etc.,and thin objects such as rope, wireand chain, etc., or wedge-shapedobjects.

∙ The system may not detect objects atspeeds above 3 mph (5 km/h) andmay not detect certain angular ormoving objects.

∙ The system is deactivated at speedsabove 6 mph (10 km/h) and is reacti-vated at lower speeds.

SYSTEM TEMPORARILYUNAVAILABLEWhen sonar blockage is detected, the sys-tem will be deactivated automatically.

The system is not available until the condi-tions no longer exist.

The sonar sensors may be blocked by tem-porary ambient conditions such as splash-ing water, mist or fog. The blocked condi-tion may also be caused by objects such asice, frost or dirt obstructing the sonar sen-sors.

Action to take:

When the above conditions no longer exist,the system will resume automatically.


SYSTEM MAINTENANCEThe sonar sensors �1 are located on therear bumper. Always keep the area nearthe sonar sensors clean.

The sonar sensors may be blocked by tem-porary ambient conditions such as splash-ing water, mist or fog.

The blocked condition may also be causedby objects such as ice, frost or dirt ob-structing the sonar sensors.

Check for and remove objects obstructingthe area around the sonar sensors.

Do not attach stickers (including transpar-ent material), install accessories or applyadditional paint near the sonar sensors.

Do not strike or damage the area aroundthe sonar sensors. It is recommended thatyou visit a NISSAN dealer if the area aroundthe sonar sensors is damaged due to acollision.

FREEING A FROZEN DOOR LOCKTo prevent a door lock from freezing, applyde-icer through the key hole. If the lockbecomes frozen, heat the key before in-serting it into the key hole or use the re-mote keyless entry key fob.

ANTIFREEZEIn the winter when it is anticipated that thetemperature will drop below 32°F (0°C),check the antifreeze to assure proper win-ter protection. For additional information,refer to “Engine cooling system” in the “Do-it-yourself ” section of this manual.

BATTERYIf the battery is not fully charged duringextremely cold weather conditions, thebattery fluid may freeze and damage thebattery. To maintain maximum efficiency,the battery should be checked regularly.For additional information, refer to “Battery”in the “Do-it-yourself ” section of thismanual.

LSD2460

COLD WEATHER DRIVING


DRAINING OF COOLANT WATERIf the vehicle is to be left outside withoutantifreeze, drain the cooling system, includ-ing the engine block. Refill before operatingthe vehicle. For additional information, referto “Changing engine coolant” in the “Do-it-yourself ” section of this manual.

TIRE EQUIPMENT1. SUMMER tires have a tread designed to

provide superior performance on drypavement. However, the performanceof these tires will be substantially re-duced in snowy and icy conditions. Ifyou operate your vehicle on snowy oricy roads, NISSAN recommends the useof MUD & SNOW or ALL SEASON TIRESon all four wheels. It is recommendedthat you visit a NISSAN dealer for the tiretype, size, speed rating and availabilityinformation.

2. For additional traction on icy roads,studded tires may be used. However,some U.S. states and Canadian prov-inces prohibit their use. Check local,state and provincial laws before install-ing studded tires.

Skid and traction capabilities of studdedsnow tires on wet or dry surfaces may bepoorer than that of non-studded snowtires.

3. Tire chains may be used. For additionalinformation, refer to “Tire chains” in the“Do-it-yourself ” section of this manual.

SPECIAL WINTER EQUIPMENTIt is recommended that the following itemsbe carried in the vehicle during winter:

∙ A scraper and stiff-bristled brush to re-move ice and snow from the windowsand wiper blades.

∙ A sturdy, flat board to be placed underthe jack to give it firm support.

∙ A shovel to dig the vehicle out of snow-drifts.

∙ Extra washer fluid to refill thewindshield-washer fluid reservoir.

DRIVING ON SNOW OR ICE

WARNING∙ Wet ice (32°F, 0°C and freezing rain),

very cold snow or ice can be slick andvery hard to drive on. The vehicle willhave much less traction or “grip” un-der these conditions. Try to avoid driv-ing on wet ice until the road is saltedor sanded.

∙ Whatever the condition, drive withcaution. Accelerate and slow downwith care. If accelerating or down-shifting too fast, the drive wheels willlose even more traction.

∙ Allow more stopping distance underthese conditions. Braking should bestarted sooner than on dry pavement.

∙ Allow greater following distances onslippery roads.

∙ Watch for slippery spots (glare ice).These may appear on an otherwiseclear road in shaded areas. If a patchof ice is seen ahead, brake beforereaching it. Try not to brake while onthe ice, and avoid any sudden steeringmaneuvers.


∙ Do not use the cruise control (if soequipped) on slippery roads.

∙ Snow can trap dangerous exhaustgases under your vehicle. Keep snowclear of the exhaust pipe and fromaround your vehicle.

ENGINE BLOCK HEATER (if soequipped)Engine block heaters are used to assistwith cold temperature starting.

The engine block heater should be usedwhen the outside temperature is 20°F (-7°C)or lower.

WARNING∙ Do not use your engine block heater

with an ungrounded electrical systemor a 2-pronged adapter. You can beseriously injured by an electricalshock if you use an ungroundedconnection.

∙ Disconnect and properly store the en-gine block heater cord before startingthe engine. Damage to the cord couldresult in an electrical shock and cancause serious injury.

∙ Use a heavy-duty 3-wire, 3-prongedextension cord rated for at least 10 A.Plug the extension cord into a GroundFault Interrupt (GFI) protected,grounded 110-VAC outlet. Failure touse the proper extension cord or agrounded outlet can result in a fire orelectrical shock and cause seriouspersonal injury.

To use the engine block heater:

1. Turn the engine off.

2. Open the hood and unwrap the engineblock heater cord.

3. Plug the engine block heater cord intoa grounded 3-wire, 3-pronged exten-sion cord.

4. Plug the extension cord into a GroundFault Interrupt (GFI) protected,grounded 110-volt AC (VAC) outlet.

5. The engine block heater must beplugged in for at least 2 - 4 hours, de-pending on outside temperatures, toproperly warm the engine coolant. Usean appropriate timer to turn the engineblock heater on.

6. Before starting the engine, unplug andproperly store the cord to keep it awayfrom moving parts.


MEMO


6 In case of emergency

Hazard warning flasher switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2Flat tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2

Tire Pressure Monitoring System(TPMS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2Changing a flat tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3

Jump starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10

Push starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12If your vehicle overheats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12Towing your vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13

Towing recommended by NISSAN . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13Vehicle recovery(freeing a stuck vehicle). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15

Push the switch on to warn other driverswhen you must stop or park under emer-gency conditions. All turn signal lights flash.

WARNING∙ If stopping for an emergency, be sure

to move the vehicle well off the road.

∙ Do not use the hazard warning flash-ers while moving on the highway un-less unusual circumstances force youto drive so slowly that your vehiclemight become a hazard to othertraffic.

∙ Turn signals do not work when thehazard warning flasher lights are on.

The flashers will operate with the ignitionswitch placed in any position.

Some jurisdictions may prohibit the useof the hazard warning flasher switchwhile driving.

TIRE PRESSURE MONITORINGSYSTEM (TPMS)This vehicle is equipped with the Tire Pres-sure Monitoring System (TPMS). It monitorstire pressure of all tires except the spare.When the low tire pressure warning light islit, and the CHECK TIRE PRES (pressure)warning message is displayed in the tripcomputer, one or more of your tires is sig-nificantly under-inflated. If the vehicle is be-ing driven with low tire pressure, the TPMSwill activate and warn you of it by the lowtire pressure warning light. This system willactivate only when the vehicle is driven atspeeds above 16 mph (25 km/h). For addi-tional information, refer to “Warning lights,indicator lights and audible reminders” inthe “Instruments and controls” section, and“Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)” inthe “Starting and driving” section of thismanual.



LIC0394

HAZARD WARNING FLASHER SWITCH FLAT TIRE

6-2 In case of emergency

∙ If the low tire pressure warning lightilluminates while driving, avoid sud-den steering maneuvers or abruptbraking, reduce vehicle speed, pull offthe road to a safe location and stopthe vehicle as soon as possible. Driv-ing with under-inflated tires may per-manently damage the tires and in-crease the likelihood of tire failure.Serious vehicle damage could occurand may lead to an accident and couldresult in serious personal injury.Check the tire pressure for all fourtires. Adjust the tire pressure to therecommended COLD tire pressureshown on the Tire and Loading Infor-mation label to turn the low tire pres-sure warning light OFF. If the light stillilluminates while driving after adjust-ing the tire pressure, a tire may be flator the TPMS may be malfunctioning. Ifyou have a flat tire, replace it with aspare tire as soon as possible. If no tireis flat and all tires are properly in-flated, have the vehicle checked. It isrecommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.

∙ When replacing a wheel without theTPMS such as the spare tire, the TPMSwill not function and the low tire pres-sure warning light will flash for ap-proximately 1 minute. The light will re-main on after 1 minute. Have yourtires replaced and/or TPMS systemreset as soon as possible. It is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealerfor these services.

∙ Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosoltire sealant into the tires, as this maycause a malfunction of the tire pres-sure sensors.


CHANGING A FLAT TIREIf you have a flat tire, follow the instructionsbelow:

Stopping the vehicle1. Safely move the vehicle off the road and

away from traffic.

2. Turn on the hazard warning flashers.

3. Park on a level surface and apply theparking brake. Move the shift lever to P(Park).

4. Turn off the engine.

5. Raise the hood to warn other trafficand to signal professional road assis-tance personnel that you need assis-tance.

6. Have all passengers get out of the ve-hicle and stand in a safe place, awayfrom traffic and clear of the vehicle.

WARNING∙ Make sure the parking brake is se-

curely applied and the ContinuouslyVariable Transmission (CVT) is shiftedinto P (Park).

∙ Never change tires when the vehicle ison a slope, ice or slippery areas. This ishazardous.

∙ Never change tires if oncoming trafficis close to your vehicle. Wait for pro-fessional road assistance.

In case of emergency 6-3

A. BlocksB. Flat tire

Blocking wheelsPlace suitable blocks at both the front andback of the wheel diagonally opposite theflat tire to prevent the vehicle from movingwhen it is jacked up.

WARNINGBe sure to block the wheel as the vehiclemay move and result in personal injury.

Getting the spare tire and toolsRemove the jack and necessary tools fromunder the passenger seat by performingthe following steps:

1. Adjust the passenger seat rearward.LCE2142 LDI2198 LCE2077


2. Remove the tray from under the pas-senger seat.

3. Loosen the jack screw counterclock-wise. �3

4. Lift jack up. �4

5. Pull jack forward. �5

6. Release the belt strap to remove thetool bag containing the wheel nutwrench and jacking rod.

Reverse steps 1-6 to install and secure thejack and tool bag.

LCE2078

LCE2079


7. Open the back door.

8. Loosen the bolt �1 counterclockwiseapproximately 40 turns to lower thespare. Be careful not to excessivelyloosen the bolt because the basketmay fall abruptly.

9. Stop turning the bolt when the spare islowered to the point where the tire bas-ket �2 can be removed from the hook�3 .

10. Remove the wheel basket by pushingthe basket upward.

11. Lower the tire basket to the ground andtake out the spare.

12. Reverse steps 8–11 to return the basketto its position under the vehicle.

Spare wheel basket bolt tighteningtorque:

20 ft-lb (27 N-m)Removing wheel cover (if soequipped)

CAUTIONDo not use your hands to pry off wheelcaps or wheel covers. Doing so couldresult in personal injury.

To remove the wheel cover, use the jackingrod �1 .

Apply cloth �2 between the wheel andjacking rod to prevent damaging the wheeland wheel cover.

LDI2199

SCE0630


Use caution not to scratch the wheel coveror wheel surface.

Jacking up vehicle and removingthe damaged tire

WARNING∙ Never get under the vehicle while it is

supported only by the jack. If it is nec-essary to work under the vehicle, sup-port it with safety stands.

∙ Use only the jack provided with yourvehicle to lift the vehicle. Do not usethe jack provided with your vehicle onother vehicles. The jack is designedfor lifting only your vehicle during atire change.

∙ Use the correct jack-up points. Neveruse any other part of the vehicle forjack support.

∙ Never jack up the vehicle more thannecessary.

∙ Never use blocks on or under the jack.

∙ Do not start or run the engine whilethe vehicle is on the jack. It may causethe vehicle to move.

∙ Do not allow passengers to stay in thevehicle while it is on the jack.

∙ Never run the engine with a wheel(s)off the ground. It may cause the ve-hicle to move.

Always refer to the illustration for the cor-rect placement and jack-up points for yourspecific vehicle model and jack type.

Carefully read the caution label attachedto the jack body and the following in-structions.

1. Loosen each wheel nut 1 or 2 turns byturning counterclockwise with thewheel nut wrench. Do not remove thewheel nuts until the tire is off theground.

2. Place the jack directly under thejack-up point so the top of the jackcontacts the vehicle at the jack-uppoint. The jack-up points are indicatedby stamped arrows on the side of theframe.

The jack should be used on firm andlevel ground.

LCE2061


3. Install the assembled jacking rod intothe jack.

4. To lift the vehicle, securely hold thejacking lever and rod. Carefully raise thevehicle until the tire clears the ground.

5. Remove the wheel nuts and then re-move the tire.

Installing the spare tireThe spare tire is designed for emergencyuse. For additional information, refer to“Wheels and tires” in the “Do-it-yourself”section of this manual.

1. Clean any mud or dirt from the surfacebetween the wheel and hub.

2. Carefully put the spare tire on andtighten the wheel nuts finger tight.

3. With the wheel nut wrench, tightenwheel nuts alternately and evenly in thesequence illustrated (�A , �B , �C , �D , �E )until they are tight.

LCE2059 WCE0056


4. Lower the vehicle slowly until the tiretouches the ground. Then, with thewheel nut wrench, tighten the wheelnuts securely in the sequence illus-trated (�A , �B , �C , �D , �E ). Lower the ve-hicle completely.

WARNING∙ Incorrect wheel nuts or improperly

tightened wheel nuts can cause thewheel to become loose or come off.This could cause an accident.

∙ Do not use oil or grease on the wheelstuds or nuts. This could cause thenuts to become loose.

∙ Retighten the wheel nuts when thevehicle has been driven for 600 miles(1,000 km) (also in cases of a flat tire,etc.).

As soon as possible, tighten the wheelnuts to the specified torque with atorque wrench.

Wheel nut tightening torque:

83 ft-lb (113 N·m)

The wheel nuts must be kept tightenedto specification at all times. It is recom-mended that wheel nuts be tightened tospecifications at each lubrication inter-val.

Adjust tire pressure to the COLD pres-sure.

COLD pressure: After vehicle has beenparked for 3 hours or more or driven lessthan 1 mile (1.6 km).

COLD tire pressures are shown on theTire and Loading Information label af-fixed to the driver side center pillar.

After adjusting tire pressure to the COLDtire pressure, the display (if so equipped)of the tire pressure information mayshow higher pressure than the COLD tirepressure after the vehicle has beendriven more than 1 mile (1.6 km). This isbecause the tire pressure increases asthe tire temperature rises. This does notindicate a system malfunction.

5. Securely store the flat tire and jackingequipment in the vehicle.

WARNING∙ Always make sure that the spare tire

and jacking equipment are properlysecured after use. Such items can be-come dangerous projectiles in an ac-cident or sudden stop.

∙ The spare tire is designed for emer-gency use. For additional information,refer to specific instructions underthe heading “Wheels and tires” in the“Do-it-yourself” section of thismanual.


To start your engine with a booster battery,the instructions and precautions belowmust be followed.

WARNING∙ If done incorrectly, jump starting can

lead to a battery explosion, resultingin severe injury or death. It could alsodamage your vehicle.

∙ Explosive hydrogen gas is alwayspresent in the vicinity of the battery.Keep all sparks and flames away fromthe battery.

∙ Do not allow battery fluid to come intocontact with eyes, skin, clothing orpainted surfaces. Battery fluid is acorrosive sulfuric acid solution whichcan cause severe burns. If the fluidshould come into contact with any-thing, immediately flush the con-tacted area with water.

∙ Keep battery out of the reach ofchildren.

∙ The booster battery must be rated at12 volts. Use of an improperly ratedbattery can damage your vehicle.

∙ Whenever working on or near a bat-tery, always wear suitable eye protec-tors (for example, goggles or indus-trial safety spectacles) and removerings, metal bands, or any other jew-elry. Do not lean over the batterywhen jump starting.

∙ Do not attempt to jump start a frozenbattery. It could explode and causeserious injury.

JUMP STARTING


WARNINGAlways follow the instructions below.Failure to do so could result in damageto the charging system and cause per-sonal injury.

1. If the booster battery is in another ve-hicle, position the two vehicles to bringtheir batteries near each other.

Do not allow the two vehicles totouch.

2. Apply the parking brake. Move the shiftlever to P (Park). Switch off all unneces-sary electrical systems (lights, heater,air conditioner, etc.).

3. Connect the jumper cables in the se-quence illustrated (�A , �B , �C , �D ).

CAUTION∙ Always connect positive (�) to posi-

tive (�) and negative (�) to bodyground (for example, strut mountingbolt, engine lift bracket, etc.) — not tothe battery.

∙ Make sure the jumper cables do nottouch moving parts in the enginecompartment and that the cableclamps do not contact any othermetal.

4. Start the engine of the booster vehicleand let it run for a few minutes.

5. Keep the engine speed of the boostervehicle at about 2,000 rpm and startthe engine of the vehicle being jumpstarted.

CAUTIONDo not keep the starter motor engagedfor more than 10 seconds. If the enginedoes not start right away, place the ig-nition switch in the OFF position andwait 3 to 4 seconds before trying again.

6. After starting the engine, carefully dis-connect the negative cable and thenthe positive cable.

LCE2223


CAUTION∙ Do not push start this vehicle. The

three-way catalyst may be damaged.

∙ Continuously Variable Transmission(CVT) models cannot be push-startedor tow-started. Attempting to do somay cause transmission damage.

WARNING∙ Do not continue to drive if your vehicle

overheats. Doing so could cause en-gine damage or a vehicle fire.

∙ To avoid the danger of being scalded,never remove the radiator or coolantreservoir cap while the engine is stillhot. When the radiator or coolant res-ervoir cap is removed, pressurized hotwater will spurt out, possibly causingserious injury.

∙ Do not open the hood if steam is com-ing out.

∙ Overheating can result in reduced en-gine power and vehicle speed. The re-duced speed may be lower than othertraffic, which could increase thechance of a collision. Be especiallycareful when driving. If the vehiclecannot maintain a safe driving speed,pull to the side of the road in a safearea. Allow the engine to cool and re-turn to normal operation.

If your vehicle is overheating (indicated by ared high temperature warning light ),or if you feel a lack of engine power, detectabnormal noise, etc., take the followingsteps.

1. Move the vehicle safely off the road, ap-ply the parking brake and move theshift lever to P (Park).

Do not stop the engine.

2. Turn off the air conditioner. Open all thewindows, move the heater or air condi-tioner temperature control to maxi-mum hot and fan control to highspeed.

3. Get out of the vehicle. Look and listenfor steam or coolant escaping from theradiator before opening the hood. Ifsteam or coolant is escaping, turn offthe engine. Do not open the hood fur-ther until no steam or coolant can beseen.

4. Open the engine hood.

WARNINGIf steam or water is coming from theengine, stand clear to prevent gettingburned.

PUSH STARTING IF YOUR VEHICLE OVERHEATS


5. Visually check drive belts for damageor looseness. Also check if the coolingfan is running. The radiator hoses andradiator should not leak water. If cool-ant is leaking, the water pump belt ismissing or loose, or the cooling fandoes not run, stop the engine.

WARNINGBe careful not to allow your hands, hair,jewelry or clothing to come into contactwith, or get caught in, engine belts orthe engine cooling fan. The engine cool-ing fan can start at any time.

6. After the engine cools down, check thecoolant level in the engine coolant res-ervoir tank with the engine running.Add coolant to the engine coolant res-ervoir tank if necessary. It is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealerfor this service.

When towing your vehicle, all jurisdictionaland local regulations for towing must befollowed. Incorrect towing equipmentcould damage your vehicle. Towing in-structions are available from a NISSANdealer. Local service operators are gener-ally familiar with the applicable laws andprocedures for towing. To assure propertowing and to prevent accidental damageto your vehicle, NISSAN recommends hav-ing a service operator tow your vehicle. It isadvisable to have the service operatorcarefully read the following precautions:

WARNING∙ Never ride in a vehicle that is being

towed.

∙ Never get under your vehicle after ithas been lifted by a tow truck.

CAUTION∙ When towing, make sure that the

transmission, axles, steering systemand powertrain are in working condi-tion. If any of these conditions apply,dollies or a flatbed tow truck must beused.

∙ Always attach safety chains beforetowing.

For additional information, refer to “Flattowing” in the “Technical and consumer in-formation” section of this manual.

TOWING RECOMMENDED BYNISSANNISSAN recommends towing your vehiclebased upon the type of drivetrain. For addi-tional information, refer to the diagrams inthis section to ensure that your vehicle isproperly towed.

TOWING YOUR VEHICLE


Two-Wheel Drive models withContinuously VariableTransmission (CVT)NISSAN recommends that your vehicle betowed with the driving (front) wheels off theground or place the vehicle on a flatbedtruck as illustrated.

CAUTION∙ Never tow CVT models with the front

wheels on the ground or four wheelson the ground (forward or backward),as this may cause serious and expen-sive damage to the transmission. If itis necessary to tow the vehicle withthe rear wheels raised always usetowing dollies under the front wheels.

∙ When towing CVT models with therear wheels on the ground or on tow-ing dollies:

– Place the ignition switch in the OFFposition, and secure the steeringwheel in a straight-ahead positionwith a rope or similar device. Neversecure the steering wheel by placingthe ignition switch in the LOCK posi-tion. This may damage the steeringlock mechanism (for models with asteering lock mechanism).

LCE2286


VEHICLE RECOVERY (freeing astuck vehicle)

WARNINGTo avoid vehicle damage, serious per-sonal injury or death when recovering astuck vehicle:

∙ Contact a professional towing serviceto recover the vehicle if you have anyquestions regarding the recoveryprocedure.

∙ Tow chains or cables must be at-tached only to main structural mem-bers of the vehicle.

∙ Do not use the vehicle tie-downs totow or free a stuck vehicle.

∙ Only use devices specifically designedfor vehicle recovery and follow themanufacturer’s instructions.

∙ Always pull the recovery devicestraight out from the front of the ve-hicle. Never pull at an angle.

∙ Route recovery devices so they do nottouch any part of the vehicle exceptthe attachment point.

If your vehicle is stuck in sand, snow, mud,etc., use a tow strap or other device de-signed specifically for vehicle recovery. Al-ways follow the manufacturer’s instruc-tions for the recovery device.

Rocking a stuck vehicle

WARNING∙ Stand clear of a stuck vehicle.

∙ Do not spin your tires at high speed.This could cause them to explode andresult in serious injury. Parts of yourvehicle could also overheat and bedamaged.

If your vehicle is stuck in sand, snow, mud,etc., use the following procedure:

1. Turn off the Vehicle Dynamic Control(VDC) system .

2. Make sure the area in front and behindthe vehicle is clear of obstructions.

3. Turn the steering wheel right and left toclear an area around the front tires.

4. Slowly rock the vehicle forward andbackward.

∙ Shift back and forth between R (Re-verse) and D (Drive).

∙ Apply the accelerator as little as pos-sible to maintain the rocking motion.

∙ Release the accelerator pedal beforeshifting between R (Reverse) and D(Drive).

∙ Do not spin the tires above 34 mph(55 km/h).

5. If the vehicle cannot be freed after afew tries, contact a professional towingservice to remove the vehicle.


MEMO


7 Appearance and care

Cleaning exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2Washing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2Waxing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3Removing spots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3Underbody . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3Glass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3Chrome parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3Tire dressings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3

Cleaning interior. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4

Air fresheners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4Floor mats (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6

Corrosion protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6Most common factors contributing tovehicle corrosion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6Environmental factors influence therate of corrosion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6Protect your vehicle from corrosion . . . . . . . . . . 7-7

In order to maintain the appearance ofyour vehicle, it is important to take propercare of it.

To protect the paint surfaces, wash yourvehicle as soon as you can:

∙ After a rainfall to prevent possible dam-age from acid rain.

∙ After driving on coastal roads.

∙ When contaminants such as soot, birddroppings, tree sap, metal particles orbugs get on the paint surface.

∙ When dust or mud builds up on the sur-face.

Whenever possible, store or park your ve-hicle inside a garage or in a covered area.

When it is necessary to park outside, park ina shady area or protect the vehicle with abody cover.

Be careful not to scratch the paint sur-face when putting on or removing thebody cover.

WASHINGWash dirt off with a wet sponge and plentyof water. Clean the vehicle thoroughly us-ing a mild soap, a special vehicle soap orgeneral purpose dishwashing liquid mixedwith clean, lukewarm (never hot) water.

CAUTION∙ Do not concentrate water spray di-

rectly on the sonar sensors (if soequipped) on the bumper as this willresult in damage to the sensors. Donot use pressure washers capable ofspraying water over 1,200 psi(8,274 kPa) to wash your vehicle. Useof high-pressure washers over1,200 psi (8,274 kPa) can result in dam-age to or removal of paint or graphics.Avoid using a high-pressure washercloser than 12 inches (30 cm) to thevehicle. Always use a wide-anglenozzle only, keep the nozzle movingand do not concentrate the waterspray on any one area.

∙ Do not use car washes that use acid inthe detergent. Some car washes, es-pecially brushless ones, use someacid for cleaning. The acid may reactwith some plastic vehicle compo-nents, causing them to crack. Thiscould affect their appearance, andalso could cause them not to functionproperly. Always check with your carwash to confirm that acid is not used.

∙ Do not wash the vehicle with stronghousehold soap, strong chemical de-tergents, gasoline or solvents.

∙ Do not wash the vehicle in direct sun-light or while the vehicle body is hot,as the surface may becomewater-spotted.

∙ Avoid using tight-napped or roughcloths, such as washing mitts. Caremust be taken when removingcaked-on dirt or other foreign sub-stances so the paint surface is notscratched or damaged.

Rinse the vehicle thoroughly with plenty ofclean water.

CLEANING EXTERIOR

7-2 Appearance and care

Inside edges, seams and folds on thedoors, hatches and hood are particularlyvulnerable to the effects of road salt. There-fore, these areas must be cleaned regularly.Take care that the drain holes in the loweredge of the door are open. Spray waterunder the body and in the wheel wells toloosen the dirt and wash away road salt.

A damp chamois can be used to dry thevehicle to avoid water spots.

WAXINGRegular waxing protects the paint surfaceand helps retain new vehicle appearance.Polishing is recommended to removebuilt-up wax residue and to avoid a weath-ered appearance before re-applying wax.

A NISSAN dealer can assist you in choosingthe proper product.

∙ Wax your vehicle only after a thoroughwashing. Follow the instructions sup-plied with the wax.

∙ Do not use a wax containing any abra-sives, cutting compounds or cleanersthat may damage the vehicle finish.

Machine compounding or aggressive pol-ishing on a base coat/clear coat paint fin-ish may dull the finish or leave swirl marks.

REMOVING SPOTSRemove tar and oil spots, industrial dust,insects, and tree sap as quickly as possiblefrom the surface of the paint to avoid last-ing damage or staining. Special cleaningproducts are available at a NISSAN dealeror any automotive accessory store. It isrecommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for these products.

UNDERBODYIn areas where road salt is used in winter, itis necessary to clean the underbody regu-larly in order to prevent dirt and salt frombuilding up and causing the acceleration ofcorrosion on the underbody and suspen-sion. Before the winter period and again inthe spring, the underseal must be checkedand, if necessary, re-treated.

GLASSUse glass cleaner to remove smoke anddust film from the glass surfaces. It is nor-mal for glass to become coated with a filmafter the vehicle is parked in the hot sun.Glass cleaner and a soft cloth will easilyremove this film.

CAUTIONWhen cleaning the inside of the win-dows, do not use sharp-edged tools,abrasive cleaners or chlorine-baseddisinfectant cleaners. They could dam-age the electrical conductors, radio an-tenna elements or rear window de-froster elements.

CHROME PARTSClean all chrome parts regularly with anon-abrasive chrome polish to maintainthe finish.

TIRE DRESSINGSNISSAN does not recommend the use oftire dressings. Tire manufacturers apply acoating to the tires to help reduce discolor-ation of the rubber. If a tire dressing is ap-plied to the tires, it may react with the coat-ing and form a compound. This compoundmay come off the tire while driving andstain the vehicle paint.

If you choose to use a tire dressing, take thefollowing precautions:

∙ Use a water-based tire dressing. Thecoating on the tire dissolves more easilythan with an oil-based tire dressing.

Appearance and care 7-3

∙ Apply a light coat of tire dressing to helpprevent it from entering the tiretread/grooves (where it would be diffi-cult to remove).

∙ Wipe off excess tire dressing using a drytowel. Make sure the tire dressing iscompletely removed from the tiretread/grooves.

∙ Allow the tire dressing to dry as recom-mended by the tire dressing manufac-turer.

Occasionally remove loose dust from theinterior trim, plastic parts and seats using avacuum cleaner or soft bristled brush. Wipethe vinyl surfaces with a clean, soft clothdampened in mild soap solution, then wipeclean with a dry, soft cloth. Gently dab ortap soiled cloth areas with a moist, softcloth. Before using any fabric protector,read the manufacturer’s recommenda-tions. Some fabric protectors containchemicals that may stain or bleach theseat material.

Immediately clean spills on water repellentsurfaces by wiping with soft, dry cloth.

Use a cloth dampened only with water toclean the meter and gauge lens.

WARNINGDo not use water or acidic cleaners (hotsteam cleaners) on the seat. This candamage the seat or occupant classifi-cation sensor. This can also affect theoperation of the air bag system and re-sult in serious personal injury.

CAUTION∙ Never use benzine, thinner or any

similar material.

∙ Never use fabric protectors unlessrecommended by the manufacturer.

∙ Do not use glass or plastic cleaner onmeter or gauge lens covers. It maydamage the lens cover.

AIR FRESHENERSMost air fresheners use a solvent thatcould affect the vehicle interior. If you usean air freshener, take the following precau-tions:

∙ Hanging-type air fresheners can causepermanent discoloration when theycontact vehicle interior surfaces. Placethe air freshener in a location that al-lows it to hang free and not contact aninterior surface.

∙ Liquid-type air fresheners typically clipon the vents. These products can causeimmediate damage and discolorationwhen spilled on interior surfaces.

Carefully read and follow the manufactur-er’s instructions before using the air fresh-eners.

CLEANING INTERIOR


FLOOR MATS (if so equipped)

WARNINGTo avoid potential pedal interferencethat may result in a collision, injury ordeath:

∙ NEVER place a floor mat on top of an-other floor mat in the driver front po-sition or install them upside down orbackwards.

∙ Use only Genuine NISSAN floor matsor equivalent floor mats, that are spe-cifically designed for use in your ve-hicle model and model year.

∙ Properly position the mats in thefloorwell using the floor mat position-ing hook. For additional information,refer to "Floor mat installation" in thissection.

∙ Make sure the floor mat does not in-terfere with pedal operation.

∙ Periodically check the floor mats tomake sure they are properly installed.

∙ After cleaning the vehicle interior,check the floor mats to make surethey are properly installed.

The use of Genuine NISSAN floor mats canextend the life of your vehicle carpet andmake it easier to clean the interior. Matsshould be maintained with regular clean-ing and replaced if they become exces-sively worn.

Floor mat installationYour vehicle is equipped with floor mat po-sitioning hook(s). The number and shape of

the floor mat positioning hooks for eachseating position varies depending on thevehicle.

When installing Genuine NISSAN floor mats,follow the installation instructions providedwith the mat and the following:

1. With the ignition in the OFF position, theshift lever in P (Park) position and withthe parking brake fully applied, positionthe floor mat in the floorwell so that thefloor mat grommet holes are alignedwith the hook(s).

2. Secure the grommet holes into thehook(s) and ensure that the floor mat isproperly positioned.

3. Make sure the floor mat does not inter-fere with pedal operation. With the igni-tion still in the OFF position, the shiftlever in the P (Park) position and withthe parking brake applied, fully applyand release all pedals. The floor matmust not interfere with pedal opera-tion or prevent the pedal from return-ing to its normal position.

It is recommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for details about installing the floormats in your vehicle.

LAI2005


The illustration shows the location of thefloor mat positioning hooks.

SEAT BELTSThe seat belts can be cleaned by wipingthem with a sponge dampened in a mildsoap solution. Allow the belts to dry com-pletely in the shade before using them. Foradditional information, refer to “Seat beltmaintenance” in the “Safety—Seats, seatbelts and supplemental restraint system”section of this manual.

WARNINGDo not allow wet seat belts to roll up inthe retractor. NEVER use bleach, dye orchemical solvents to clean the seatbelts, since these materials may se-verely weaken the seat belt webbing.

MOST COMMON FACTORSCONTRIBUTING TO VEHICLECORROSIONMost vehicle corrosion is caused by:

∙ The accumulation of moisture-retaining dirt and debris in body panelsections, cavities, and other areas.

∙ Damage to paint and other protectivecoatings caused by gravel and stonechips or minor traffic collisions.

ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORSINFLUENCE THE RATE OFCORROSIONMoistureAccumulation of sand, dirt and water onthe vehicle body underside can acceleratecorrosion. Wet floor coverings will not drycompletely inside the vehicle and shouldbe removed for drying to avoid floor panelcorrosion.

Positioning hooksLAI2049

CORROSION PROTECTION


Relative humidityCorrosion will be accelerated in areas ofhigh relative humidity, especially those ar-eas where the temperatures stay abovefreezing and where atmospheric pollutionexists and road salt is used.

TemperatureHigh temperatures accelerate the rate ofcorrosion to those parts which are not wellventilated.

Air pollutionIndustrial pollution, the presence of salt inthe air in coastal areas, or heavy road saltuse accelerates the corrosion process.Road salt also accelerates the disintegra-tion of paint surfaces.

PROTECT YOUR VEHICLE FROMCORROSION

∙ Wash and wax your vehicle often tokeep the vehicle clean.

∙ Always check for minor damage to thepaint and repair it as soon as possible.

∙ Keep drain holes at the bottom of thedoors open to avoid water accumula-tion.

∙ Check the underbody for accumulationof sand, dirt or salt. If present, wash withwater as soon as possible.

CAUTION∙ NEVER remove dirt, sand or other de-

bris from the passenger compart-ment by washing it out with a hose.Remove dirt with a vacuum cleaner orbroom.

∙ Never allow water or other liquids tocome in contact with electronic com-ponents inside the vehicle as this maydamage them.

Chemicals used for road surface de-icingare extremely corrosive. They acceleratecorrosion and deterioration of underbodycomponents such as the exhaust system,fuel and brake lines, brake cables, floor panand fenders.

In winter, the underbody must becleaned periodically.

For additional protection against rust andcorrosion, which may be required in someareas, it is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer.


MEMO


8 Do-it-yourself

Maintenance precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2Engine compartment check locations . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4Engine cooling system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5

Checking engine coolant level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6Changing engine coolant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6

Engine oil. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7Checking engine oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7Changing engine oil and oil filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7

Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT)fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10Windshield-washer fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-11

Windshield-washer fluid reservoir. . . . . . . . . . . . .8-11Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12

Jump starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-13Variable voltage control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-13Drive belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-14Spark plugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-15

Replacing spark plugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-15Air cleaner. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-15

Windshield wiper blades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-16Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-16Replacing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-16

Brakes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-17Fuses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-18

Engine compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-18Passenger compartment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-20

Battery replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-21Key fob (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-22

Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-23Headlights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-23Front park/turn signal light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-27Exterior and interior lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-28

Wheels and tires. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-31Tire pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-31Tire labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-34Types of tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-37Tire chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-38Changing wheels and tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-38

When performing any inspection or main-tenance work on your vehicle, always takecare to prevent serious accidental injury toyourself or damage to the vehicle. The fol-lowing are general precautions whichshould be closely observed.

WARNING∙ Park the vehicle on a level surface, ap-

ply the parking brake securely andblock the wheels to prevent the ve-hicle from moving. Move the shift le-ver to P (Park).

∙ Be sure the ignition key is in the OFF orLOCK position when performing anyparts replacement or repairs.

∙ If you must work with the engine run-ning, keep your hands, clothing, hairand tools away from moving fans,belts and any other moving parts.

∙ It is advisable to secure or remove anyloose clothing and remove any jew-elry, such as rings, watches, etc. be-fore working on your vehicle.

∙ Always wear eye protection wheneveryou work on your vehicle.

∙ Your vehicle is equipped with an auto-matic engine cooling fan. It may comeon at any time without warning, evenif the ignition key is in the OFF positionand the engine is not running. Toavoid injury, always disconnect thenegative battery cable before work-ing near the fan.

∙ If you must run the engine in an en-closed space such as a garage, be surethere is proper ventilation for exhaustgases to escape.

∙ Never get under the vehicle while it issupported only by a jack. If it is neces-sary to work under the vehicle, sup-port it with safety stands.

∙ Keep smoking materials, flame andsparks away from the fuel tank andbattery.

∙ On gasoline engine models, the fuelfilter or fuel lines should be serviced. Itis recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer for this service becausethe fuel lines are under high pressureeven when the engine is off.

CAUTION∙ Do not work under the hood while the

engine is hot. Turn the engine off andwait until it cools down.

∙ Avoid contact with used engine oiland coolant. Improperly disposed en-gine oil, engine coolant and/or othervehicle fluids can damage the envi-ronment. Always conform to localregulations for disposal of vehiclefluid.

∙ Never leave the engine or the Con-tinuously Variable Transmission (CVT)related component harness connec-tor disconnected while the ignitionswitch is in the ON position.

∙ Never connect or disconnect the bat-tery or any transistorized componentwhile the ignition switch is in the ONposition.

∙ DO NOT power wash any interior por-tion of this vehicle to help minimizeliquid intrusion and potential elec-tronic component damage.

This “Do-it-yourself ” section gives instruc-tions regarding only those items which arerelatively easy for an owner to perform.

MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONS

8-2 Do-it-yourself

A Genuine NISSAN service manual is alsoavailable. For additional information, referto “Owner’s Manual/Service Manual orderinformation” in the “Technical and con-sumer information” section of this manual.

You should be aware that incomplete orimproper servicing may result in operatingdifficulties or excessive emissions, andcould affect warranty coverage. If in doubtabout any servicing, it is recommendedthat you visit a NISSAN dealer.

Do-it-yourself 8-3

MR20DE engine1. Engine coolant reservoir2. Engine oil filler cap3. Brake fluid reservoir4. Air cleaner5. Fuse box6. Battery7. Radiator cap8. Engine oil dipstick9. Drive belt location10. Windshield-washer fluid reservoir

LDI3187

ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECKLOCATIONS

8-4 Do-it-yourself

The engine cooling system is filled at the fac-tory with a pre-diluted mixture of 50% Genu-ine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant(blue) and 50% water to provide year-roundantifreeze and coolant protection. The anti-freeze solution contains rust and corrosioninhibitors. Additional engine cooling systemadditives are not necessary.

WARNING∙ Never remove the radiator or coolant

reservoir cap when the engine is hot.Wait until the engine and radiator cooldown. Serious burns could be causedby high pressure fluid escaping fromthe radiator. For additional informa-tion, refer to precautions in “If yourvehicle overheats” found in the “Incase of emergency” section of thismanual.

∙ The radiator is equipped with a pres-sure type radiator cap. To prevent en-gine damage, use only a GenuineNISSAN radiator cap.

CAUTION∙ Never use any cooling system addi-

tives such as radiator sealer. Additivesmay clog the cooling system andcause damage to the engine, trans-mission and/or cooling system.

∙ When adding or replacing coolant, besure to use only Genuine NISSAN LongLife Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) orequivalent. Genuine NISSAN Long LifeAntifreeze/Coolant (blue) is pre-diluted to provide antifreeze protec-tion to -34° F (-37° C). If additionalfreeze protection is needed due toweather where you operate your ve-hicle, add Genuine NISSAN Long LifeAntifreeze/Coolant (blue) concen-trate following the directions on thecontainer. If an equivalent coolantother than Genuine NISSAN Long LifeAntifreeze/Coolant (blue) is used, fol-low the coolant manufacturer’s in-structions to maintain minimum anti-freeze protection to -34° F (-37° C). Theuse of other types of coolant solu-tions other than Genuine NISSAN LongLife Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) orequivalent may damage the enginecooling system.

∙ The life expectancy of the factory-fillcoolant is 105,000 miles (168,000 km) or7 years. Mixing any other type of coolantother than Genuine NISSAN Long LifeAntifreeze/Coolant (blue)(or equivalentcoolant), including Genuine NISSANLong Life Antifreeze/Coolant (green), orthe use of non-distilled water may re-duce the life expectancy of the factory-fill coolant. For additional information,refer to the “Maintenance and sched-ules” section of this manual.

ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM

Do-it-yourself 8-5

CHECKING ENGINE COOLANTLEVELCheck the coolant level in the reservoirwhen the engine is cold. If the coolantlevel is below the MIN level, add coolant tothe MAX level. If the reservoir is empty,check the coolant level in the radiatorwhen the engine is cold. If there is insuffi-cient coolant in the radiator, fill the radiatorwith coolant up to the filler opening andalso add it to the reservoir up to the MAXlevel.

This vehicle contains Genuine NISSAN LongLife Antifreeze/Coolant (blue). The life ex-pectancy of the factory-fill coolant is105,000 miles (168,000 km) or 7 years. Mixingany other type of coolant or the use ofnon-distilled water will reduce the life ex-pectancy of the factory-fill coolant. For ad-ditional information, refer to the “Mainte-nance and schedules” section of thismanual.

The engine coolant reservoir is a pres-surized tank. When installing the cap,tighten.

If the cooling system frequently requirescoolant, have it checked. It is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealerfor this service.

CHANGING ENGINE COOLANTA NISSAN dealer can change the enginecoolant. The service procedure can befound in the NISSAN Service Manual.

Improper servicing can result in reducedheater performance and engine over-heating.

WARNING∙ To avoid the danger of being scalded,

never change the coolant when theengine is hot.

∙ Never remove the radiator or enginecoolant reservoir cap when the en-gine is hot. Serious burns could becaused by high pressure fluid escap-ing from the radiator.

∙ Avoid direct skin contact with usedcoolant. If skin contact is made, washthoroughly with soap or hand cleaneras soon as possible.

∙ Keep coolant out of the reach of chil-dren and pets.

Engine coolant must be disposed of prop-erly. Check your local regulations.

LDI2202

8-6 Do-it-yourself

CHECKING ENGINE OIL LEVEL1. Park the vehicle on a level surface and

apply the parking brake.

2. Start the engine and let it idle until itreaches operating temperature.

3. Turn off the engine. Wait more than10 minutes for the oil to drain backinto the oil pan.

4. Remove the dipstick and wipe it clean.Reinsert it all the way.

5. Remove the dipstick again and checkthe oil level. It should be between the H(High) and L (Low) marks �B . This is thenormal operating oil level range. If theoil level is below the L (Low) mark �A ,remove the oil filler cap and pour rec-ommended oil through the opening.Do not overfill �C .

6. Recheck oil level with the dipstick.

It is normal to add some oil between oilmaintenance intervals or during thebreak-in period, depending on the sever-ity of operating conditions.

CAUTIONOil level should be checked regularly.Operating the engine with an insuffi-cient amount of oil can damage the en-gine, and such damage is not coveredby warranty.

Make sure to follow the engine oil changingintervals in the “Maintenance and sched-ules” section of this manual. Operating un-der the following conditions may requiremore frequent oil change:

∙ Repeated short distance driving

∙ Driving in dusty conditions

∙ Stop and go commuting

CHANGING ENGINE OIL AND OILFILTERFor additional information on engine oiland oil filter change, refer to the instruc-tions outlined in this section.

Vehicle set-up1. Park the vehicle on a level surface and

apply the parking brake.

2. Run the engine until it reaches operat-ing temperature.

LDI2203 LDI0371

ENGINE OIL

Do-it-yourself 8-7

3. Turn the engine off and wait for 15 min-utes.

4. Raise and support the vehicle using asuitable floor jack and safety jackstands.

∙ Place the safety jack stands under thevehicle jack-up points.

∙ A suitable adapter should be attachedto the jack stand saddle.

CAUTIONMake sure the correct lifting and sup-port points are used to avoid vehicledamage. �1 Oil filler cap

LDI3449

�2 Oil drain plugLDI3450

8-8 Do-it-yourself

Engine oil and filter1. Place a large drain pan under the drain

plug and oil filter.

2. Remove the oil filler cap.

3. Remove the drain plug with a wrenchby turning it counterclockwise andcompletely drain the oil.

CAUTIONBe careful not to burn yourself, as theengine oil is hot.

WARNING∙ Prolonged and repeated contact with

used engine oil may cause skincancer.

∙ Try to avoid direct skin contact withused oil. If skin contact is made, washthoroughly with soap or hand cleaneras soon as possible.

∙ Keep used engine oil out of reach ofchildren.

4. Loosen the oil filter with an oil filterwrench by turning it counterclockwise.Remove the oil filter by turning it byhand.

5. Wipe the engine oil filter mounting sur-face with a clean rag.

CAUTIONBe sure to remove any old gasket mate-rial remaining on the sealing surface ofthe engine. Failure to do so could lead toan oil leak and engine damage.

∙ The dipstick must be inserted in placeto prevent oil spillage from the dip-stick hole when filling the engine withoil.

6. Coat the gasket on the new filter withclean engine oil.

7. Screw in the oil filter clockwise until aslight resistance is felt, then tighten ad-ditionally more than 2/3 turn.

Oil filter tightening torque:11 to 15 ft-lb (14.7 to 20.6 N·m)

8. Clean and re-install the drain plug witha new washer. Securely tighten thedrain plug with a wrench. Do not useexcessive force.

Drain plug tightening torque:22 to 29 ft-lb (29.4 to 39.2 N·m)

9. Refill the engine with the recom-mended oil through the oil filler open-ing, and install the oil filler cap securely.

For additional information about drain andrefill capacity, refer to “Recommendedfluids/lubricants and capacities” in the“Technical and consumer information” sec-tion of this manual. The drain and refill ca-pacity depends on the oil temperature anddrain time. Use these specifications for ref-erence only. Always use the dipstick to de-termine the proper amount of oil in theengine.

�3 Oil filterLDI3451

Do-it-yourself 8-9

10. Start the engine and check for leakagearound the drain plug and the oil filter.Correct as required. Turn the engine offand wait more than 15 minutes. Checkthe oil level with the dipstick. Add en-gine oil if necessary.

After the operation1. Lower the vehicle carefully to the

ground.

∙ Dispose of waste oil and filter properly.

∙ Check your local regulations.

CAUTION∙ NISSAN recommends using Genuine

NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-3 (or equivalent)ONLY in NISSAN CVTs. Do not mix withother fluids.

∙ Do not use Automatic TransmissionFluid (ATF) or manual transmissionfluid in a NISSAN CVT, as it may dam-age the CVT. Damage caused by theuse of fluids other than as recom-mended is not covered underNISSAN’s New Vehicle LimitedWarranty.

∙ Using fluids that are not equivalent toGenuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-3 mayalso damage the CVT. Damage causedby the use of fluids other than as rec-ommended is not covered underNISSAN’s New Vehicle LimitedWarranty.

When checking or replacement of CVT fluidis required, it is recommended that you visita NISSAN dealer for servicing.

WARNING∙ Use only new fluid from a sealed con-

tainer. Old, inferior or contaminatedfluid may damage the brake system.The use of improper fluids can dam-age the brake system and affect thevehicle’s stopping ability.

∙ Clean the filler cap before removing.

∙ Brake fluid is poisonous and shouldbe stored carefully in marked contain-ers out of reach of children.

CAUTIONDo not spill the fluid on any painted sur-faces. This will damage the paint. If fluidis spilled, immediately wash the surfacewith water.

CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLETRANSMISSION (CVT) FLUID

BRAKE FLUID

8-10 Do-it-yourself

Check the fluid level in the reservoir. If thebrake fluid is below the MIN line �B , thebrake warning light will illuminate. Addbrake fluid up to the MAX line �A . For addi-tional information on recommended brakefluid type, refer to “Recommendedfluids/lubricants and capacities” in the“Technical and consumer information” sec-tion of this manual.

If the brake fluid must be added frequently,the brake system should be thoroughlychecked. It is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer for this service.

WINDSHIELD-WASHER FLUIDRESERVOIRFill the windshield-washer fluid reservoirperiodically. Add windshield-washer fluidwhen the low windshield-washer fluidwarning light (if so equipped) comes on.

To fill the windshield-washer fluid reservoir,lift the cap off the reservoir and pour thewindshield-washer fluid into the reservoiropening.

Add a washer solvent to the washer forbetter cleaning. In the winter season, add awindshield-washer antifreeze. Follow themanufacturer’s instructions for the mix-ture ratio.

Refill the reservoir more frequently whendriving conditions require an increasedamount of windshield-washer fluid.

Recommended fluid is Genuine NISSANWindshield Washer Concentrate Cleaner &Antifreeze or equivalent.

CAUTION∙ Do not substitute engine antifreeze

coolant for windshield-washer fluid.This may result in damage to thepaint.

∙ Do not fill the windshield-washer fluidreservoir with washer fluid concen-trates at full strength. Some methylalcohol based washer fluid concen-trates may permanently stain thegrille if spilled while filling thewindshield-washer fluid reservoir.

LDI2677 LDI2678

WINDSHIELD-WASHER FLUID

Do-it-yourself 8-11

∙ Pre-mix washer fluid concentrateswith water to the manufacturer’s rec-ommended levels before pouring thefluid into the windshield-washer fluidreservoir. Do not use the windshield-washer fluid reservoir to mix thewasher fluid concentrate and water.

∙ Keep the battery surface clean and dry.Clean the battery with a solution of bak-ing soda and water.

∙ Make certain the terminal connectionsare clean and securely tightened.

∙ If the vehicle is not to be used for30 days or longer, disconnect the nega-tive (-) battery terminal cable to preventdischarge.

NOTE:


1. Installation or extended use of elec-tronic accessories that consume bat-tery power when the engine is notrunning (Phone chargers, GPS, DVDplayers, etc.).

2. Vehicle is not driven regularly and/oronly driven short distances.


WARNING∙ Do not expose the battery to flames,

an electrical spark or a cigarette. Hy-drogen gas generated by the batteryis explosive. Explosive gases cancause blindness or injury. Do not allowbattery fluid to contact your skin,eyes, fabrics or painted surfaces. Sul-furic acid can cause blindness or in-jury. After touching a battery or bat-tery cap, do not touch or rub youreyes. Thoroughly wash your hands. Ifthe acid contacts your eyes, skin orclothing, immediately flush with wa-ter for at least 15 minutes and seekmedical attention.

∙ Do not operate the vehicle if the fluidin the battery is low. Low battery fluidcan cause a higher load on the batterywhich can generate heat, reduce bat-tery life, and in some cases lead to anexplosion.

∙ When working on or near a battery,always wear suitable eye protectionand remove all jewelry.

BATTERY

8-12 Do-it-yourself

∙ Battery posts, terminals and relatedaccessories contain lead and leadcompounds. Wash hands afterhandling.

∙ Keep battery out of the reach ofchildren.

∙ Do not tip the battery. Keep the ventcaps tight and the battery level.

NOTE:

Do not try to open the top of this battery.

This battery is not equipped with remov-able vent caps.

JUMP STARTINGIf jump starting is necessary, refer to “Jumpstarting” in the “In case of emergency” sec-tion of this manual. If the engine does notstart by jump starting, the battery mayhave to be replaced. It is recommendedthat you visit a NISSAN dealer for this ser-vice.

CAUTION∙ Do not ground accessories directly to

the battery terminal. Doing so will by-pass the variable voltage control sys-tem and the vehicle battery may notcharge completely.

∙ Use electrical accessories with the en-gine running to avoid discharging thevehicle battery.

Your vehicle is equipped with a variablevoltage control system. This system mea-sures the amount of electrical dischargefrom the battery and controls voltage gen-erated by the generator.

LDI3455 LDI2178

VARIABLE VOLTAGE CONTROLSYSTEM

Do-it-yourself 8-13

The current sensor �A is located near thebattery along the negative battery cable. Ifyou add electrical accessories to your ve-hicle, be sure to ground them to a suitablebody ground such as the frame or engineblock area.

1. Automatic tensioner pulley2. Generator pulley3. Water pump pulley4. Air conditioner compressor pulley5. Crankshaft pulley

WARNINGBe sure the ignition switch is in the OFFor LOCK position before servicing drivebelt. The engine could rotateunexpectedly.

1. Visually inspect the belt for signs of un-usual wear, cuts, or fraying. If the belt isin poor condition, have it replaced oradjusted. It is recommended that youvisit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

2. Have the belt checked regularly forcondition.

WDI0638

DRIVE BELT

8-14 Do-it-yourself

REPLACING SPARK PLUGSIridium-tipped spark plugsIt is not necessary to replace iridium-tipped �A spark plugs as frequently as con-ventional type spark plugs because theylast much longer. Follow the maintenancelog shown in the “Maintenance and sched-ules” section of this manual. Do not serviceiridium-tipped spark plugs by cleaning orregapping.

∙ Always replace spark plugs with rec-ommended or equivalent ones.

WARNINGBe sure the engine and ignition switchare off and that the parking brake isengaged securely.

CAUTIONBe sure to use the correct socket to re-move the spark plugs. An incorrectsocket can damage the spark plugs.

If replacement is required, it is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer forthis service.

The air cleaner filter should not be cleanedand reused. Replace it according to themaintenance log shown in the “Mainte-nance and schedules” section of thismanual.

To remove the air cleaner filter:

1. Push in the tabs �1 and move the aircleaner cover upward.

2. Remove the air cleaner filter.

3. Wipe the inside of the air cleaner filterhousing and the cover with a dampcloth.

SDI1895 LDI2209

SPARK PLUGS AIR CLEANER

Do-it-yourself 8-15

NOTE:

After installing a new air cleaner, makesure the air cleaner cover is seated in thehousing and latch the clips.

WARNING∙ Operating the engine with the air

cleaner removed can cause you orothers to be burned. The air cleanernot only cleans the air, it stops theflame if the engine backfires. If it isn’tthere, and the engine backfires, youcould be burned. Do not drive with theair cleaner removed, and be carefulwhen working on the engine with theair cleaner removed.

∙ Never pour fuel into the throttle bodyor attempt to start the engine withthe air cleaner removed. Doing socould result in serious injury.

CLEANINGIf your windshield is not clear after usingthe windshield-washer or if a wiper bladechatters when running, wax or other mate-rial may be on the blade or windshield.

Clean the outside of the windshield with awasher solution or a mild detergent. Yourwindshield is clean if beads do not formwhen rinsing with clear water.

Clean each blade by wiping it with a clothsoaked in a washer solution or a mild de-tergent. Then rinse the blades with clearwater. If your windshield is still not clearafter cleaning the blades and using thewiper, replace the blades.

CAUTIONWorn windshield wiper blades candamage the windshield and impairdriver vision.

REPLACINGReplace the wiper blades if they are worn.

1. Lift the wiper arm away from the wind-shield.

�2 Push the release tab, then move thewiper blade down the wiper arm to re-move.

�3 Remove the wiper blade.

4. Insert the new wiper blade onto thewiper arm until it clicks into place.

5. Rotate wiper blade so the dimple is inthe groove.

WDI0408

WINDSHIELD WIPER BLADES

8-16 Do-it-yourself

6. Return the wiper to its original positionand release it until it has made contactwith the windshield.

CAUTION∙ After wiper blade replacement, return

the wiper arm to its original position;otherwise it may be damaged whenthe hood is opened.

∙ Make sure the wiper blades contactthe glass; otherwise the arms may bedamaged from wind pressure.

Be careful not to let anything get into thewasher nozzle �A . This may cause cloggingor improper windshield washer operation.If something gets into the nozzle, remove itwith a needle or small pin �B .

If the brakes do not operate properly, havethe brakes checked. It is recommendedthat you visit a NISSAN dealer for this ser-vice.

Self-adjusting brakesYour vehicle is equipped with self-adjustingbrakes.

The front disc-type brakes self-adjust ev-ery time the brake pedal is applied. The reardrum-type brakes self-adjust every timethe parking brake is applied.

WARNINGHave your brake system checked if thebrakes pedal height does not return tonormal. It is recommended that youvisit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

Brake pad wear indicatorsThe disc brake pads on your vehicle haveaudible wear indicators. When a brake padrequires replacement, a high pitchedscraping or screeching sound will be heardwhen the vehicle is in motion. The noise willbe heard whether or not the brake pedal isdepressed. Have the brakes checked assoon as possible if the wear indicatorsound is heard.

LDI2187

BRAKES

Do-it-yourself 8-17

Under some driving or climate conditions,occasional brake squeak, squeal or othernoise may be heard. Occasional brakenoise during light to moderate stops is nor-mal and does not affect the function orperformance of the brake system.

Proper brake inspection intervals shouldbe followed. For additional information re-garding brake inspections, refer to the ap-propriate maintenance schedule informa-tion in the “Maintenance and schedules”section of this manual.

If any electrical equipment does not oper-ate, check for an open fuse.

Fuses are used in the passenger and en-gine compartment. Spare fuses are pro-vided and can be found in the passengercompartment fuse box.

When installing a fuse make sure the fuse isinstalled in the fuse box securely.

NOTE:

Your vehicle may not be equipped withall fuses listed on the fuse label.

ENGINE COMPARTMENT

WARNINGNever use a fuse of a higher or loweramperage rating than that specified onthe fuse box cover. This could damagethe electrical system or electronic con-trol units or cause a fire

If any electrical equipment does not comeon, check for an open fuse.

1. Be sure the ignition switch and theheadlight switch are in the OFF posi-tion.

LDI2384 LDI3456

FUSES

8-18 Do-it-yourself

2. Open the engine hood.

3. Remove the fuse box cover by pushingthe tab and lifting the cover up.

4. Remove the fuse with the fuse puller.The fuse puller is located in the centerof the fuse block in the passengercompartment.

5. If the fuse is open �A , replace it with anew fuse �B .

6. If a new fuse also opens, have the elec-trical system checked and repaired. It isrecommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.

Fusible linksIf the electrical equipment does not oper-ate and fuses are in good condition, checkthe fusible links. If any of these fusible linksare melted, replace with only GenuineNISSAN parts.

For checking and replacing the fusible links,it is recommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.

LDI2826 LDI2718

Do-it-yourself 8-19

PASSENGER COMPARTMENT

WARNINGNever use a fuse of a higher or loweramperage rating than that specified onthe fuse box cover. This could damagethe electrical system or electronic con-trol units or cause a fire

If any electrical equipment does not oper-ate, check for an open fuse.

1. Be sure the ignition switch and theheadlight switch are OFF.

2. Pull the fuse box cover to remove.

3. Remove the fuse with the fuse puller.

4. If the fuse is open �A , replace it with anequivalent good fuse �B .

5. Push the fuse box cover to install.

6. If a new fuse also opens, have the elec-trical system checked and repaired. It isrecommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.

LDI2828 LDI2826

8-20 Do-it-yourself

Extended storage switchIf any electrical equipment does not oper-ate, remove the extended storage switchand check for an open fuse.

NOTE:

The extended storage switch is used forlong term vehicle storage. Even if the ex-tended storage switch is broken it is notnecessary to replace it. Replace only theopen fuse in the switch with a new fuse.

How to replace the extended storageswitch:

1. To remove the extended storageswitch, be sure the ignition switch is inthe OFF or LOCK position.

2. Be sure the headlight switch is in theOFF position.

3. Remove the fuse box cover.

4. Pinch the locking tabs �1 and �2 foundon each side of the storage switch.

5. Pull the storage switch straight outfrom the fuse box �3 .

CAUTIONBe careful not to allow children to swal-low the battery or removed parts.

LDI2216

BATTERY REPLACEMENT

Do-it-yourself 8-21

KEY FOB (if so equipped)Replace the battery in the key fob as fol-lows:

1. Remove the screw �A .

2. Insert a small screwdriver into the slit ofthe corner �B and twist it to separatethe upper part from the lower part. Usea cloth to protect the casing.

3. Replace the battery with a new one.

∙ Do not touch the internal circuit andelectric terminals as doing so couldcause a malfunction.

∙ Make sure that the + side faces thebottom of the case �C .

Recommended battery: CR1620 or equiva-lent.

4. Close the lid and install the screw se-curely.

5. Operate the buttons to check its op-eration.

It is recommended that you visit a NISSANdealer if you need assistance for replace-ment.

If the battery is removed for any reasonother than replacement, perform step 5.

∙ An improperly disposed battery canhurt the environment. Always con-firm local regulations for battery dis-posal.

∙ The key fob is water-resistant; how-ever, if it does get wet, immediatelywipe completely dry.

∙ The operational range of the key fobextends to approximately 33 ft (10 m)from the vehicle. This range may varywith conditions.

Operation is subject to the following twoconditions: (1) This device may not causeharmful interference, and (2) this devicemust accept any interference received,including interference that may causeundesired operation of the device.

FCC Notice:

For USA:This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules. Operation is subject to the fol-lowing two conditions: (1) This devicemay not cause harmful interference, and(2) this device must accept any interfer-ence received, including interferencethat may cause undesired operation.

Note:Changes or modifications not expresslyapproved by the party responsible forcompliance could void the user’s author-ity to operate the equipment.

LDI2219

8-22 Do-it-yourself

For Canada:This device complies with IndustryCanada licence-exempt RSS standard(s).Operation is subject to the following twoconditions: (1) this device may not causeinterference, and (2) this device must ac-cept any interference, including interfer-ence that may cause undesired opera-tion of the device.

HEADLIGHTSFor additional information on headlightbulb replacement, refer to the instructionsoutlined in this section.

LIGHTS

Do-it-yourself 8-23

Replacing the halogen headlightbulbDisconnect the negative battery cable be-fore replacement and installation of theheadlight bulb.

�1 Release the clip on the connector.

�2 Rotate the bulb counterclockwise andpull out to remove. Replace as neces-sary.

CAUTION∙ Aiming is not necessary after replac-

ing the bulb. When aiming adjustmentis necessary, it is recommended thatyou visit a NISSAN dealer for thisservice.

∙ Do not leave the headlight assemblyopen without a bulb installed for along period of time. Dust, moisture,smoke, etc. entering the headlightbody may affect bulb performance.Remove the bulb from the headlightassembly just before a replacementbulb is installed.

LDI2222

8-24 Do-it-yourself

∙ Only touch the base when handlingthe bulb. Never touch the glass enve-lope. Touching the glass could signifi-cantly affect bulb life and/or head-light performance.

∙ High pressure halogen gas is sealedinside the halogen bulb. The bulb maybreak if the glass envelope isscratched or the bulb is dropped.

∙ Use the same number and wattage asshown in the chart.

Fog may temporarily form inside the lensof the exterior lights in the rain or in a carwash. A temperature difference betweenthe inside and the outside of the lenscauses the fog. This is not a malfunction. Iflarge drops of water collect inside the lens,it is recommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.

Aiming the headlightsThe headlights on your vehicle are properlyaimed at the assembly plant. If your vehiclehas been in a collision, the alignment ofyour headlights should be checked. It isrecommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.

Vertical aim adjustment

NOTE:

Due to a maximum load condition of thevehicle, headlight aiming adjustmentmay be necessary. Please perform thefollowing procedure:

1. Park the vehicle directly in front of a wallor screen on a level surface, approxi-mately 25 feet (7.6 meters) away.

∙ �1 8 feet (2.4 meters)

∙ �2 Center height of headlight to ground

∙ �3 25 feet (7.6 meters)

∙ �4 Horizontal reference line

2. Measure the height from the center ofthe headlight to the ground and markan 8 foot (2.4 meter) horizontal refer-ence line on the vertical wall or screenat this height (a piece of masking tapeworks well).

LDI2252

Do-it-yourself 8-25

3. Turn on the low beam headlights toilluminate the wall or screen and openthe hood.

4. On the wall or screen you will observean area of high intensity light. The topof the high intensity area should touchthe horizontal reference line. If not, thebeam will need to be adjusted.

5. Locate the vertical adjuster on eachheadlight, then use a suitable tool toadjust the headlight up or down.

6. Close the hood and turn off the head-lights.

NOTE:

Horizontal aim is not required for this ve-hicle and is not adjustable.

LDI2255 LDI2254

8-26 Do-it-yourself

FRONT PARK/TURN SIGNAL LIGHTFor additional information on frontpark/turn signal bulb replacement, refer tothe instructions outlined in this section.

Replacing the park/turn signalbulb

LDI2223

Do-it-yourself 8-27

Disconnect the negative battery cable be-fore replacement and installation of theheadlight bulb.

�1 Rotate the bulb counterclockwise andpull out to remove. Replace as neces-sary.

EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR LIGHTSItem Wattage (W) Bulb No.

Headlight assembly/daytime running lightsHigh/ Low 60/55 H13Park/Turn 28/8 3457NAK

Map light 5 W5WCargo light 5 W5WHigh-mounted stop light 16 W16WRear combination light

Stop/Tail 21/7 3047KBackup (reversing) 16 W16WTurn 27 3157AK

License plate light 5 W5W

* It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for replacement.

Always check with the Parts Department at a NISSAN dealer for the latest parts informa-tion.

8-28 Do-it-yourself

1. Map light2. Headlight assembly/daytime run-

ning lights3. High-mounted stop light4. Cargo light5. Rear combination light6. License plate light

Replacement proceduresAll other lights are either type A, B, C or D.When replacing a bulb, first remove thelens, lamp and/or cover using a cloth andsuitable tool.

LDI3461 WDI0263

Do-it-yourself 8-29

Indicates bulb removalIndicates bulb installation

Use a cloth to protect the housing. Use a cloth to protect the housing.Map light

LDI2217Cargo light

WDI0233

8-30 Do-it-yourself

�1 Remove the fasteners.

�2 Remove the rear combination light as-sembly.

�3 Remove the bulb(s) and replace asnecessary.

If you have a flat tire, refer to “Flat tire” inthe “In case of emergency” section ofthis manual.

TIRE PRESSURETire Pressure Monitoring System(TPMS)

WARNINGRadio waves could adversely af-fect electric medical equipment.Those who use a pacemakershould contact the electric medi-cal equipment manufacturer forthe possible influences beforeuse.This vehicle is equipped with TPMS. Itmonitors tire pressure of all four tiresexcept the spare. When the low tirepressure warning light is lit and theCHECK TIRE PRES (pressure) warningmessage is displayed in the odom-eter, one or more of your tires is sig-nificantly under-inflated.

Rear combination lightLDI2221

WHEELS AND TIRES

Do-it-yourself 8-31

The TPMS will activate only when thevehicle is driven at speeds above16 mph (25 km/h). Also, this systemmay not detect a sudden drop in tirepressure (for example a flat tire whiledriving).

For additional information, refer to“Warning lights, indicator lights andaudible reminders” in the “Instru-ments and controls” section, “TirePressure Monitoring System (TPMS)”in the “Starting and driving” section,and “Flat tire” in the “In case of emer-gency” section of this manual.

Tire inflation pressureCheck the tire pressures (includingthe spare) often and always prior tolong distance trips. The recom-mended tire pressure specificationsare shown on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S.certification label or the Tire andLoading Information label under the“Cold Tire Pressure” heading. The Tireand Loading Information label is af-fixed to the driver side center pillar.

Tire pressures should be checkedregularly because:

∙ Most tires naturally lose air overtime.

∙ Tires can lose air suddenly whendriven over potholes or other ob-jects or if the vehicle strikes acurb while parking.

The tire pressures should bechecked when the tires are cold. Thetires are considered COLD after thevehicle has been parked for 3 ormore hours, or driven less than 1 mile(1.6 km) at moderate speeds.

Incorrect tire pressure, includingunder inflation, may adversely af-fect tire life and vehicle handling.

WARNING∙ Improperly inflated tires can fail

suddenly and cause anaccident.

∙ The Gross Vehicle Weight Rating(GVWR) is located on theF.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certifica-tion label. The vehicle weightcapacity is indicated on the Tireand Loading Information label.Do not load your vehicle beyondthis capacity. Overloading yourvehicle may result in reducedtire life, unsafe operating condi-tions due to premature tire fail-ure, or unfavorable handlingcharacteristics and could alsolead to a serious accident. Load-ing beyond the specified capac-ity may also result in failure ofother vehicle components.

∙ Before taking a long trip, orwhenever you heavily load yourvehicle, use a tire pressure gaugeto ensure that the tire pressuresare at the specified level.

∙ For additional information re-garding tires, refer to “Impor-tant Tire Safety Information”(US) or “Tire Safety Information”(Canada) in the Warranty Infor-mation Booklet.

8-32 Do-it-yourself

Tire and Loading Informationlabel

�1 Seating capacity: The maximumnumber of occupants that canbe seated in the vehicle.

�2 Vehicle load limit: For additionalinformation, refer to “Vehicleloading information” in the“Technical and consumer infor-mation” section of this manual.

�3 Original tire size: The size of thetires originally installed on thevehicle at the factory.

�4 Cold tire pressure: Inflate thetires to this pressure when thetires are cold. Tires are consid-ered COLD after the vehicle hasbeen parked for 3 or more hours,or driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km)at moderate speeds. The rec-ommended cold tire inflation isset by the manufacturer to pro-vide the best balance of tire

wear, vehicle handling, driveabil-ity, tire noise, etc., up to the vehi-cle’s GVWR.

�5 Tire size - For additional infor-mation, refer to “Tire labeling” inthis section.

�6 Spare tire size.

Payload and replacement tireYour vehicle is equipped with special highload index 94 tires to carry a payload of upto 1,480 lbs (671 kg) as indicated on your Tireand Loading Information label. Some after-market replacement tires may have lowerload index ratings. While NISSAN does notencourage you to do so, please note that ifyou choose to purchase a tire with a lowerload index rating, the max payload capacityof your vehicle will be reduced.

Please refer to replacement tire manufac-turer usage recommendations and tirepressures.

LDI2495

Do-it-yourself 8-33

Checking tire pressure1. Remove the valve stem cap from

the tire.

2. Press the pressure gaugesquarely onto the valve stem. Donot press too hard or force thevalve stem sideways, or air willescape. If the hissing sound of airescaping from the tire is heardwhile checking the pressure, re-position the gauge to eliminatethis leakage.

3. Remove the gauge.4. Read the tire pressure on the

gauge stem and compare to thespecification shown on the Tireand Loading Information label.

5. Add air to the tire as needed. Iftoo much air is added, press thecore of the valve stem brieflywith the tip of the gauge stem torelease pressure. Recheck thepressure and add or release airas needed.

6. Install the valve stem cap.7. Check the pressure of all other

tires, including the spare.

Size Cold TireInflationPressure

Front Original Tire:185/60R15C 94/92T

44 psi,300 kPa

Rear Original Tire:185/60R15C 94/92T

48 psi,325 kPa

Spare Tire: Full size

TIRE LABELINGFederal law requires tire manufac-turers to place standardized infor-mation on the sidewall of all tires.This information identifies and de-scribes the fundamental character-istics of the tire and also provides theTire Identification Number (TIN) forsafety standard certification. The TINcan be used to identify the tire incase of a recall.

LDI0393Example

WDI0394

8-34 Do-it-yourself

�1 Tire size (example: P215/65R1595H)

1. P: The “P” indicates the tire is de-signed for passenger vehicles(not all tires have this informa-tion).

2. Three-digit number (215): Thisnumber gives the width in milli-meters of the tire from sidewalledge to sidewall edge.

3. Two-digit number (65): Thisnumber, known as the aspectratio, gives the tire’s ratio ofheight to width.

4. R: The “R” stands for radial.5. Two-digit number (15): This num-

ber is the wheel or rim diameterin inches.

6. Two- or three-digit number (95):This number is the tire’s load in-dex. It is a measurement of howmuch weight each tire can sup-port. You may not find this infor-mation on all tires because it isnot required by law.

7. H: Tire speed rating. You shouldnot drive the vehicle faster thanthe tire speed rating.

ExampleWDI0395

Do-it-yourself 8-35

�2 TIN (Tire Identification Number)for a new tire (example: DOT XX XXXXX XXXX)

1. DOT: Abbreviation for the “De-partment Of Transportation”.The symbol can be placedabove, below or to the left orright of the Tire IdentificationNumber.

2. Two-digit code: Manufacturer’sidentification mark.

3. Two-digit code: Tire size.4. Three-digit code: Tire type code

(Optional).5. Four numbers represent the

week and year the tire was built.For example, the numbers 3103means the 31st week of 2003. Ifthese numbers are missing thenlook on the other sidewall of thetire.

�3 Tire ply composition and material

The number of layers or plies ofrubber-coated fabric in the tire. Tiremanufacturers also must indicatethe materials in the tire, which includesteel, nylon, polyester and others.

�4 Maximum permissible inflationpressureThis number is the greatest amountof air pressure that should be put inthe tire. Do not exceed the maximumpermissible inflation pressure.

�5 Maximum load ratingThis number indicates the maxi-mum load in kilograms and poundsthat can be carried by the tire. Whenreplacing the tires on the vehicle, al-ways use a tire that has the sameload rating as the factory installedtire.

�6 Term of “tubeless” or “tube type”Indicates whether the tire requiresan inner tube (“tube type”) or not(“tubeless”).

ExampleLDI2786

8-36 Do-it-yourself

�7 The word “radial”The word “radial” is shown if the tirehas radial structure.

�8 Manufacturer or brand nameManufacturer or brand name isshown.Other Tire-related Terminology

In addition to the many terms thatare defined throughout this section,Intended Outboard Sidewall is (1) thesidewall that contains a whitewall,bears white lettering or bearsmanufacturer, brand, and/or modelname molding that is higher ordeeper than the same molding onthe other sidewall of the tire, or (2)the outward facing sidewall of anasymmetrical tire that has a particu-lar side that must always face out-ward when mounted on a vehicle.

TYPES OF TIRES

WARNING∙ When changing or replacing tires, be

sure all four tires are of the same type(i.e., Summer, All Season or Snow) andconstruction. A NISSAN dealer may beable to help you with informationabout tire type, size, speed rating andavailability.

∙ Replacement tires may have a lowerspeed rating than the factoryequipped tires, and may not matchthe potential maximum vehiclespeed. Never exceed the maximumspeed rating of the tire.

∙ Replacing tires with those not origi-nally specified by NISSAN could affectthe proper operation of the low tirepressure warning system.

∙ For additional information regardingtires, refer to “Important Tire SafetyInformation” (US) or “Tire Safety Infor-mation” (Canada) in the Warranty In-formation Booklet.

All season tiresNISSAN specifies All Season tires on somemodels to provide good performance allyear, including snowy and icy road condi-tions. All Season tires are identified by ALLSEASON and/or M&S on the tire sidewall.Snow tires have better snow traction thanAll Season tires and may be more appropri-ate in some areas.

Summer tiresNISSAN specifies summer tires on somemodels to provide superior performanceon dry roads. Summer tire performance issubstantially reduced in snow and ice.Summer tires do not have the tire tractionrating “M&S” on the tire sidewall.

If you plan to operate your vehicle in snowyor icy conditions, NISSAN recommends theuse of SNOW tires or ALL SEASON tires on allfour wheels.

Snow tiresIf snow tires are needed, it is necessary toselect tires equivalent in size and load rat-ing to the original equipment tires. If you donot, it can adversely affect the safety andhandling of your vehicle.

Do-it-yourself 8-37

Generally, snow tires have lower speed rat-ings than factory equipped tires and maynot match the potential maximum vehiclespeed. Never exceed the maximum speedrating of the tire.

If you install snow tires, they must be thesame size, brand, construction and treadpattern on all four wheels.

For additional traction on icy roads, stud-ded tires may be used. However, some U.S.states and Canadian provinces prohibittheir use. Check local, state and provinciallaws before installing studded tires. Skidand traction capabilities of studded snowtires on wet or dry surfaces may be poorerthan that of non-studded snow tires.

TIRE CHAINSUse of tire chains may be prohibited ac-cording to location. Check the local lawsbefore installing tire chains. When installingtire chains, make sure they are the propersize for the tires on your vehicle and areinstalled according to the chain manufac-turer’s suggestions. Use only SAE class “S”chains. Class “S” chains are used on ve-hicles with restricted tire to vehicle clear-ance. Vehicles that can use Class “S” chainsare designed to meet the minimum clear-ances between the tire and the closest ve-

hicle suspension or body component re-quired to accommodate the use of awinter traction device (tire chains orcables). The minimum clearances are de-termined using the factory equipped tiresize. Other types may damage your vehicle.Use chain tensioners when recommendedby the tire chain manufacturer to ensure atight fit. Loose end links of the tire chainmust be secured or removed to preventthe possibility of whipping action damageto the fenders or underbody. If possible,avoid fully loading your vehicle when usingtire chains. In addition, drive at a reducedspeed. Otherwise, your vehicle may bedamaged and/or vehicle handling andperformance may be adversely affected.

Tire chains must be installed only on thefront wheels and not on the rear wheels.

Do not use tire chains on dry roads. Drivingwith chains in such conditions can causedamage to the various mechanisms of thevehicle due to some overstress.

CHANGING WHEELS AND TIRESTire rotationNISSAN recommends rotating thetires every 7,500 miles (12,000 km).

For additional information on tire re-placement procedures, refer to “Flattire” in the “In case of emergency”section of this manual.

As soon as possible, tighten thewheel nuts to the specified torquewith a torque wrench.

WDI0258

8-38 Do-it-yourself

Wheel nut tightening torque:83 ft-lb (113 N·m)

The wheel nuts must be kept tight-ened to specifications at all times.It is recommended that wheel nutsbe tightened to specification ateach tire rotation interval.After rotating the tires, adjust the tirepressure to the cold tire pressurespecification shown on the Tire andLoading Information label. For addi-tional information, refer to “Checkingtire pressure” in this section and “Tireand Loading Information label” in the“Technical and consumer informa-tion” section of this manual.

WARNING∙ After rotating the tires, check

and adjust the tire pressure.∙ Retighten the wheel nuts when

the vehicle has been driven for600 miles (1,000 km) (also incases of a flat tire, etc.).

∙ Do not include the spare tire inthe tire rotation.


Tire wear and damage1. Wear indicator

2. Location mark

WARNING∙ Tires should be periodically in-

spected for wear, cracking,bulging or objects caught in thetread. If excessive wear, cracks,bulging or deep cuts are found,the tire(s) should be replaced.

WDI0259

Do-it-yourself 8-39

∙ The original tires have built-intread wear indicators. When thewear indicators are visible, thetire(s) should be replaced.

∙ Tires degrade with age and use.Have tires, including the spare,over 6 years old checked by aqualified technician becausesome tire damage may not beobvious. Replace the tires asnecessary to prevent tire failureand possible personal injury.

∙ Improper service of the sparetire may result in serious per-sonal injury. If it is necessary torepair the spare tire, it is recom-mended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.


Replacing wheels and tiresWhen replacing a tire, use the same size,tread design, speed rating and load carry-ing capacity as originally equipped. For ad-ditional information, refer to “Wheels andtires” in the “Technical and consumer infor-mation” section of this manual.

WARNING∙ The use of tires other than those rec-

ommended or the mixed use of tiresof different brands, construction(bias, bias-belted or radial), or treadpatterns can adversely affect the ride,braking, handling, VDC system,ground clearance, body-to-tire clear-ance, tire chain clearance, speedom-eter calibration, headlight aim andbumper height. Some of these effectsmay lead to accidents and could re-sult in serious personal injury.

∙ If your vehicle was originallyequipped with four tires that were thesame size and you are only replacingtwo of the four tires, install the newtires on the rear axle. Placing new tireson the front axle may cause loss ofvehicle control in some driving condi-tions and cause an accident and per-sonal injury.

∙ If the wheels are changed for any rea-son, always replace with wheelswhich have the same off-set dimen-sion. Wheels of a different off-setcould cause premature tire wear, de-grade vehicle handling characteris-tics, affect the VDC system and/or in-terference with the brake discs. Suchinterference can lead to decreasedbraking efficiency and/or early brakepad wear. For additional information,refer to “Wheels and tires” in the“Technical and consumer informa-tion” section of this manual for wheeloff-set dimensions.

8-40 Do-it-yourself

∙ When replacing a wheel without theTPMS, such as the spare tire, the TPMSwill not function and the low tire pres-sure warning light will flash for ap-proximately 1 minute. The light will re-main on after 1 minute. Have yourtires replaced and/or TPMS systemreset as soon as possible. It is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealerfor this service.

∙ The TPMS sensor may be damaged ifit is not handled correctly. Be carefulwhen handling the TPMS sensor.

∙ When replacing the TPMS sensor, theID registration may be required. It isrecommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for ID registration.

∙ Do not use a valve stem cap that is notspecified by NISSAN. The valve stemcap may become stuck.

∙ Be sure that the valve stem caps arecorrectly fitted. Otherwise the valvemay be clogged up with dirt andcause a malfunction or loss ofpressure.


∙ Do not install a damaged or deformedwheel or tire even if it has been re-paired. Such wheels or tires couldhave structural damage and could failwithout warning.

∙ The use of retread tires is notrecommended.

∙ For additional information regardingtires, refer to “Important Tire SafetyInformation” (US) or “Tire Safety Infor-mation” (Canada) in the Warranty In-formation Booklet.

Wheel balanceUnbalanced wheels may affect vehiclehandling and tire life. Even with regular use,wheels can get out of balance. Therefore,they should be balanced as required.

Wheel balance service should be per-formed with the wheels off the vehicle.Spin balancing the wheels on the vehiclecould lead to mechanical damage.

∙ For additional information regardingtires, refer to “Important Tire SafetyInformation” (US) or “Tire Safety In-formation” (Canada) in the WarrantyInformation Booklet.

Care of wheels∙ Wash the wheels when washing the ve-

hicle to maintain their appearance.

∙ Clean the inner side of the wheels whenthe wheel is changed or the undersideof the vehicle is washed.

∙ Do not use abrasive cleaners whenwashing the wheels.

∙ Inspect wheel rims regularly for dentsor corrosion. Such damage may causeloss of pressure or poor seal at the tirebead.

∙ NISSAN recommends waxing the roadwheels to protect against road salt inareas where it is used during winter.

Do-it-yourself 8-41

MEMO

8-42 Do-it-yourself

9 Maintenance and schedules

Maintenance requirements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2General maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2Scheduled maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2Where to go for service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2

General maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2Explanation of general maintenanceitems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2

Explanation of scheduled maintenance items . . . 9-5Emission control system maintenance:. . . . . . . 9-5Chassis and body maintenance:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6

Maintenance schedules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7Additional Maintenance Items forsevere operating conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7

Standard maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7Standard maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8

Maintenance under severe operatingconditions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10

Severe driving conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10Maintenance log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-11

Some day-to-day and regular mainte-nance is essential to maintain your vehiclegood mechanical condition, as well as itsemissions and engine performance.

It is the owner’s responsibility to make surethat the scheduled maintenance, as well asgeneral maintenance, is performed.

As the vehicle owner, you are the only onewho can ensure that your vehicle receivesproper maintenance. You are a vital link inthe maintenance chain.

GENERAL MAINTENANCEGeneral maintenance includes those itemswhich should be checked during normalday-to-day operation. They are essentialfor proper vehicle operation. It is your re-sponsibility to perform these proceduresregularly as prescribed.

Performing general maintenance checksrequires minimal mechanical skill and onlya few general automotive tools.

These checks or inspections can be doneby yourself, a qualified technician or, if youprefer, a NISSAN dealer.

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCEThe maintenance items listed in this sec-tion are required to be serviced at regularintervals. However under severe drivingconditions, additional or more frequentmaintenance will be required.

WHERE TO GO FOR SERVICEIf maintenance service is required or yourvehicle appears to malfunction, have thesystems checked and serviced. It is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer forthis service.

NISSAN technicians are well-trained spe-cialists and are kept up-to-date with thelatest service information through techni-cal bulletins, service tips and training pro-grams. They are fully qualified to work onNISSAN vehicles before work begins.

If your vehicle is involved in a collision, it isrecommended that you ask your NISSANdealer where the nearest NISSAN CertifiedCollision Center is located, or go tohttp://collision.nissanusa.com.

You can be confident that a NISSAN deal-er’s service department can perform theservice needed to meet the maintenancerequirements on your vehicle.

During the normal day-to-day operation ofthe vehicle, general maintenance shouldbe performed regularly as prescribed inthis section. If you detect any unusualsounds, vibrations or smells, be sure tocheck for the cause or have it checkedpromptly. In addition, it is recommendedthat you visit a NISSAN dealer if you thinkthat repairs are required.

When performing any checks or mainte-nance work, closely observe the “Mainte-nance precautions” in the “Do-it-yourself ”section of this manual.

EXPLANATION OF GENERALMAINTENANCE ITEMSAdditional information on the followingitems with “ * ” is found in the “Do-it-yourself” section of this manual.

Outside the vehicleThe maintenance items listed here shouldbe performed from time to time, unlessotherwise specified.

Doors and engine hood: Check that thedoors and engine hood operate properly.Also ensure that all latches lock securely.Lubricate hinges, latches, latch pins, rollersand links if necessary. Make sure that the

MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS GENERAL MAINTENANCE

9-2 Maintenance and schedules

secondary latch keeps the hood fromopening when the primary latch is re-leased.

When driving in areas using road salt orother corrosive materials, check lubrica-tion frequently.

Lights*: Clean the headlights on a regularbasis. Make sure that the headlights, stoplights, tail lights, turn signal lights, and otherlights are all operating properly and in-stalled securely. Also check headlight aim.

Road wheel nuts (lug nuts)*: When check-ing the tires, make sure no wheel nuts aremissing, and check for any loose wheelnuts. Tighten if necessary.

Tire rotation*: Tires should be rotated ev-ery 7,500 miles (12,000 km).

Tires*: Check the pressure with a gaugeoften and always prior to long distancetrips. If necessary, adjust the pressure in alltires, including the spare, to the pressurespecified. Check carefully for damage, cutsor excessive wear.

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)transmitter components: Replace theTPMS transmitter grommet seal, valve coreand cap when the tires are replaced due towear or age.

Wheel alignment and balance: If the vehicleshould pull to either side while driving on astraight and level road, or if you detect un-even or abnormal tire wear, there may be aneed for wheel alignment. If the steeringwheel or seat vibrates at normal highwayspeeds, wheel balancing may be needed.

For additional information regarding tires,refer to “Important Tire Safety Information”(US) or “Tire Safety Information” (Canada) inthe Warranty Information Booklet.

Windshield: Clean the windshield on aregular basis. Check the windshield at leastevery six months for cracks or other dam-age. Have a damaged windshield repairedby a qualified repair facility. It is recom-mended that you have a damaged wind-shield repaired by a NISSAN dealer, or aNISSAN Certified Collision Center. To locatea collision center in your area, refer tohttp://collision.nissanusa.com.

Windshield wiper blades*: Check forcracks or wear if they do not wipe properly.

Inside the vehicleThe maintenance items listed here shouldbe checked on a regular basis, such aswhen performing scheduled maintenance,cleaning the vehicle, etc.

Accelerator pedal: Check the pedal forsmooth operation and make sure thepedal does not catch or require uneveneffort. Keep the floor mat away from thepedal.

Brake pedal: Check the pedal for smoothoperation. If the brake pedal suddenly goesdown further than normal, the pedal feelsspongy or the vehicle seems to take longerto stop, have your vehicle checked imme-diately. It is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer for this service. Keep thefloor mat away from the pedal.

Brakes: Check that the brakes do not pullthe vehicle to one side when applied.

Continuously Variable Transmission(CVT) P (Park) position mechanism: On afairly steep hill check that the vehicle is heldsecurely with the shift lever in the P (Park)position without applying any brakes.

Parking brake: Check the parking brakeoperation regularly. The vehicle should besecurely held on a fairly steep hill with onlythe parking brake applied. If the parkingbrake needs adjustment, it is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer forthis service.

Maintenance and schedules 9-3

Seats: Check seat position controls suchas seat adjusters, seatback recliner, etc., toensure they operate smoothly and alllatches lock securely in every position.Check that the head restraints/headrestsmove up and down smoothly and the locks(if so equipped) hold securely in all latchedpositions.

Seat belts: Check that all parts of the seatbelt system (for example, buckles, anchors,adjusters and retractors) operate properlyand smoothly, and are installed securely.Check the belt webbing for cuts, fraying,wear or damage.

Steering wheel: Check for changes in thesteering system, such as excessive freeplay, hard steering or strange noises.

Warning lights and chimes: Make sure allwarning lights and chimes are operatingproperly.

Windshield defroster: Check that the aircomes out of the defroster outlets properlyand in sufficient quantity when operatingthe heater or air conditioner.

Windshield wiper and washer*: Checkthat the wipers and washer operate prop-erly and that the wipers do not streak.

Under the hood and vehicleThe maintenance items listed here shouldbe checked periodically (for example, eachtime you check the engine oil or refuel).

Battery* (for maintenance free batter-ies): This vehicle is fitted with a sealedmaintenance free battery. It is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer forservice.

NOTE:


1. Installation or extended use of elec-tronic accessories that consume bat-tery power when the engine is notrunning (Phone chargers, GPS, DVDplayers, etc.).

2. Vehicle is not driven regularly and/oronly driven short distances.


Brake fluid level*: Make sure that the brakefluid level is between the MAX and MIN lineson the reservoir.

Engine coolant level*: Check the coolantlevel when the engine is cold.

Engine drive belts*: Make sure the drivebelts are not frayed, worn, cracked or oily.

Engine oil level*: Check the level afterparking the vehicle on a level spot andturning off the engine. Wait more than15 minutes for the oil to drain back into theoil pan.

Exhaust system: Make sure there are noloose supports, cracks or holes. If thesound of the exhaust seems unusual orthere is a smell of exhaust fumes, immedi-ately have the exhaust system inspected. Itis recommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service. For additional infor-mation, refer to “Exhaust gas (carbon mon-oxide)” in the “Starting and driving” sectionof this manual.

Fluid leaks: Check under the vehicle forfuel, oil, water or other fluid leaks after thevehicle has been parked for a while. Waterdripping from the air conditioner after useis normal. If you should notice any leaks or iffuel fumes are evident, check for the causeand have it corrected immediately.


Radiator and hoses: Check the front of theradiator and clean off any dirt, insects,leaves, etc., that may have accumulated.Make sure the hoses have no cracks, defor-mation, rot or loose connections.

Underbody: The underbody is frequentlyexposed to corrosive substances such asthose used on icy roads or to control dust. Itis very important to remove these sub-stances, otherwise rust may form on thefloor pan, frame, fuel lines and around theexhaust system. At the end of winter, theunderbody should be thoroughly flushedwith plain water, being careful to cleanthose areas where mud and dirt may accu-mulate. For additional information, refer tothe “Appearance and care” section of thismanual.

Windshield-washer fluid*: Check thatthere is adequate fluid in the reservoir.

The following descriptions are provided togive you a better understanding of thescheduled maintenance items that shouldbe regularly checked or replaced. Themaintenance schedule indicates at whichmileage/time intervals each item requiresservice.

In addition to scheduled maintenance,your vehicle requires that some items bechecked during normal day-to-day opera-tion. For additional information, refer to“General maintenance” in this section.

Items marked with “*” are recommendedby NISSAN for reliable vehicle operation.You are not required to perform mainte-nance on these items in order to maintainthe warranties which come with yourNISSAN. Other maintenance items and in-tervals are required.

When applicable, additional informationcan be found in the “Do-it-yourself ” sectionof this manual.

NOTE:

NISSAN does not advocate the use ofnon-OEM approved aftermarket flush-ing systems and strongly advisesagainst performing these services on aNISSAN product. Many of the aftermar-ket flushing systems use non-OEM ap-proved chemicals or solvents, the use ofwhich has not been validated by NISSAN.

For recommended fuel, lubricants, fluids,grease, and refrigerant, refer to “Recom-mended fluids/lubricants and capaci-ties” in the “Technical and consumer in-formation” section of this manual.

EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMMAINTENANCE:Drive belts*: Check engine drive belts forwear, fraying or cracking and for propertension. Replace any damaged drive belts.

Engine air filter: Replace at specified inter-vals. When driving for prolonged periods industy conditions, check/replace the filtermore frequently.

EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULEDMAINTENANCE ITEMS


Engine coolant*: Replace coolant at thespecified interval. When adding or replac-ing coolant, be sure to use only GenuineNISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue)or equivalent with the proper mixture. (Foradditional information on the proper mix-ture for your area, refer to “Engine coolingsystem” in the “Do-it-yourself ” section ofthis manual.)

NOTE: Mixing any other type of coolantor the use of non-distilled water may re-duce the recommended service intervalof the coolant.

Engine oil and oil filter: Replace engine oiland oil filter at the specified intervals. Forrecommended oil grade and viscosity referto “Recommended fluids/lubricants andcapacities” in the “Technical and consumerinformation” section of this manual.

Engine valve clearance*: Inspect only ifvalve noise increase. Adjust valve clearanceif necessary.

Evaporative emissions control vaporlines*: Check vapor lines for leaks or loose-ness. Tighten connections or replace partsas necessary.

Fuel lines*: Check the fuel hoses, pipingand connections for leaks, looseness, ordeterioration. Tighten connections or re-place parts as necessary.

Spark plugs: Replace at specified intervals.Install new plugs of the same type as origi-nally equipped.

CHASSIS AND BODYMAINTENANCE:Brake lines and cables: Visually inspect forproper installation. Check for chafing,cracks, deterioration, and signs of leaking.Replace any deteriorated or damagedparts immediately.

Brake pads, rotors, drums and linings:Check for wear, deterioration and fluidleaks. Replace any deteriorated or dam-aged parts immediately.

Exhaust system: Visually inspect the ex-haust pipes, muffler and hangers for leaks,cracks, deterioration, and damage. Tightenconnections or replace parts as necessary.

Steering gear and linkage, axle and sus-pension parts, drive shaft boots: Checkfor damage, looseness, and leakage of oilor grease. Under severe driving conditions,inspect more frequently.

Tire rotation: Tires should be rotated every7,500 miles (12,000 km) according to the in-structions under “Explanation of generalmaintenance items” in this section. Whenrotating tires, check for damage and un-even wear. Replace if necessary.

Transmission fluid/oil: Visually inspect forsigns of leakage at specified intervals.

If using a car-top carrier, or driving onrough or muddy roads, replace the CVTfluid every 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or re-quest the dealer to inspect the fluid dete-rioration data using a CONSULT. If the dete-rioration data is more than 210,000, replacethe CVT fluid.


To help ensure smooth, safe and economi-cal driving, NISSAN provides two mainte-nance schedules that may be used, de-pending upon the conditions in which youusually drive. These schedules containboth distance and time intervals, up to120,000 miles (192,000 km)/96 months. Formost people, the odometer reading will in-dicate when service is needed. However, ifyou drive very little, your vehicle should beserviced at the regular time intervalsshown in the schedule.

After 120,000 miles (192,000 km)/96 months, continue maintenance at thesame mileage/time intervals.

ADDITIONAL MAINTENANCE ITEMSFOR SEVERE OPERATINGCONDITIONSAdditional maintenance items for severeoperating conditions should be per-formed on vehicles that are driven underespecially demanding conditions. Addi-tional maintenance items should be per-formed if you primarily operate your vehicleunder the following conditions:

∙ Repeated short trips of less than 5 miles(8 km).

∙ Repeated short trips of less than10 miles (16 km) with outside tempera-tures remaining below freezing.

∙ Operating in hot weather in stop-and-go “rush hour” traffic.

∙ Extensive idling and/or low speed driv-ing for long distances, such as police,taxi or door-to-door delivery use.

∙ Driving in dusty conditions.

∙ Driving on rough, muddy or salt spreadroads.

∙ Using a car-top carrier.

The following tables show the standardmaintenance schedule. Depending uponweather and atmospheric conditions,varying road surfaces, individual drivinghabits and vehicle usage, additional ormore frequent maintenance may be re-quired. After 120,000 miles(192,000 km)/96 months, continuemaintenance at the same mileage/timeinterval.

MAINTENANCE SCHEDULES STANDARD MAINTENANCE


STANDARD MAINTENANCE

Abbreviations: I = Inspect and correct or replace as necessary, R = Replace

MAINTENANCE OPERATIONPerform at number of miles, kilometers or

months, whichever comes first.

Miles x 1,000(km x 1,000)

Months

MAINTENANCE INTERVAL7.5(12)6

15(24)12

22.5(36)18

30(48)24

37.5(60)30

45(72)36

52.5(84)42

60(96)48

67.5(108)

54

75(120)60

82.5(132)66

90(144)

72

97.5(156)78

105(168)84

112.5(180)

90

120(192)96

Air cleaner filter NOTE (1) R R R RBrake fluid� R R R RBrake lines and cables I I I I I I I IBrake pads, rotors, drums & linings� I I I I I I I ICVT fluid NOTE (2) I I I I I I I IDrive belts NOTE (3) I* I* I* I* I*Engine coolant* NOTE (4)(5)Engine oil and oil filter� R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R REVAP vapor lines and fuel lines I* I* I* I*Exhaust system� I I I IFront drive shaft boots� I I I I I I I IFuel filter NOTE (6)Intake & exhaust valve clearance* NOTE (7)Spark plugs (Iridium/Platinum – tipped type) NOTE (8) Replace every 105,000 miles (168,000 km)Steering gear and linkage, axle & suspensionparts�

I I I I

Tire rotation NOTE (9)


NOTE:

Maintenance items with “�” should be performed more frequently according to the “Maintenance under severe driving condi-tions”.(1) If operating mainly in dusty conditions, more frequent maintenance may be required.(2) If using a car-top carrier or driving on rough or muddy roads, inspect CVT fluid deterioration every 60,000 miles (96,000 km)then change CVT fluid if necessary. And if the inspection is not performed, change (not just inspect) CVT fluid every 60,000 miles(96,000 km).(3) After 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 48 months, inspect every 15,000 miles (24,000 km) or 12 months. Replace the drive belts iffound damaged.(4) First replacement interval is 105,000 miles (168,000 km) or 84 months. After first replacement, replace every 75,000 miles(120,000 km) or 60 months.(5) Use only Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) or equivalent with proper mixture ratio of 50% antifreeze and 50%demineralized or distilled water. Mixing any other type of coolant or the use of non-distilled water may reduce the life expectancyof the factory fill coolant.(6) Periodic maintenance is not required.(7) Periodic maintenance is not required. However, if valve noise increased, inspect valve clearance.(8) Replace spark plug when the plug gap exceeds 0.055 in (1.4 mm) even if within specified replacement mileage.(9) For additional information on tire rotation, refer to “General maintenance” in the section.

* Maintenance items and intervals with “*” are recommended by NISSAN for reliable vehicle operation. The owner need not performsuch maintenance in order to maintain the emission warranty or manufacturer recall liability. Other maintenance items andintervals are required.


The maintenance intervals shown on thepreceding pages are for normal operatingconditions. If the vehicle is mainly operatedunder severe driving conditions as shownbelow, more frequent maintenance mustbe performed on the following items asshown in the table.

SEVERE DRIVING CONDITIONS∙ Repeated short trips of less than 5 miles

(8 km).

∙ Repeated short trips of less than10 miles (16 km) with outside tempera-tures remaining below freezing.

∙ Operating in hot weather in stop-and-go “rush hour” traffic.

∙ Extensive idling and/or low speed driv-ing for long distance, such as police, taxior door-to-door delivery use.

∙ Driving in dusty conditions.

∙ Driving on rough, muddy or salt spreadroads.

∙ Using a car-top carrier.

Maintenance operation: Inspect = Inspect and correct or replace as necessary.

Maintenance item Maintenance operation Maintenance intervalBrake fluid Replace Every 10,000 miles (16,000 km) or 12 monthsBrake pads, rotors, drums & linings Inspect Every 5,000 miles (8,000 km) or 6 monthsEngine oil & oil filter Replace Every 5,000 miles (8,000 km) or 6 monthsExhaust system Inspect Every 5,000 miles (8,000 km) or 6 monthsFront drive shaft boots Inspect Every 5,000 miles (8,000 km) or 6 monthsSteering gear & linkage, axle & suspension parts Inspect Every 5,000 miles (8,000 km) or 6 months

MAINTENANCE UNDER SEVEREOPERATING CONDITIONS


7,500 Miles (12,000 km) or 6MonthsDealer Name:Date:Mileage:DealerStamp:









MAINTENANCE LOG









Miles ( km) orMonths

Dealer Name:Date:Mileage:DealerStamp:




10 Technical and consumer information

Recommended fluids/lubricants andcapacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2

Fuel recommendation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3Engine oil and oil filterrecommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-6Air conditioner system refrigerant andoil recommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-7

Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-8Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-8Wheels and tires. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-9Dimensions and weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-9

When traveling or registering in anothercountry. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-10Vehicle identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-10

Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-10Engine serial number. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-10F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label . . . . . . . . . 10-11Emission control information label . . . . . . . . . . 10-11Tire and Loading Information label . . . . . . . . . . 10-11

Tire warning label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12Air conditioner specification label. . . . . . . . . . . 10-12

Installing front license plate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12Vehicle loading information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-13

Terms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-13Vehicle load capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-14Securing the load. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-16Loading tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-17Measurement of weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-17

Towing a trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-17Flat towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-17

Uniform tire quality grading. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-18Emission control system warranty. . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-19Reporting safety defects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-20Readiness for Inspection/Maintenance (I/M)test. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-21Event Data Recorders (EDR). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-21Owner’s Manual/Service Manual orderinformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-22

The following are approximate capacities. The actual refill capacities may be slightly different. When refilling, follow the proceduredescribed in the “Do-it-yourself” section to determine the proper refill capacity.

Fluid typeCapacity (approximate)

Recommended Fluids/LubricantsMetricMeasure

USMeasure

ImperialMeasure

Fuel 55 L 14-1/2 gal 12-1/8 gal • For additional information, refer to “Fuel recommendation” in this section.Engine oil*1Drain and refill*1: For additionalinformation, refer to“Engine oil” in the “Do-it-yourself ” section of thismanual.

With oil filterchange 4.6 L 4-7/8 qt 4 qt

• Genuine “NISSAN Motor Oil 5W-30 SN” (or equivalent) is recommended.• If the above motor oil (or engine oil) is not available, a synthetic SAE5W-30 GF-5 SN motor oil (or engine oil) may be used. Damage caused bythe use of motor oil (or engine oil) other than as recommended is not cov-ered under NISSAN’s New Vehicle Limited Warranty. For additionalinformation, refer to “Engine oil and oil filter recommendations” in thissection.

Without oilfilter change 4.3 L 4-1/2 qt 3-3/4 qt

Engine coolantwith reservoir 7.6 L 2 gal 1-5/8 gal • Pre-diluted Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) or

equivalent

Continuously Variable Transmission(CVT) fluid

Refill to the proper level according to theinstructions in the “Do-it-yourself ” section

of this manual.

• Genuine NISSAN CVT fluid NS-3• NISSAN recommends using Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-3 (or equiva-lent) ONLY in NISSAN CVTs. Do not mix with other fluids. Using fluids thatare not equivalent to Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-3 may damage theCVT. Damage caused by the use of fluids other than as recommended isnot covered under NISSAN’s New Vehicle Limited Warranty.

Brake fluidRefill to the proper level according to the

instructions in the “Do-it-yourself ” sectionof this manual.

• Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid or equivalent DOT 3• Available in mainland USA through a NISSAN dealer.

Multi-purpose grease — — — • NLGI No. 2 (Lithium Soap base)

Air conditioning system refrigerant — — —• HFC-134a (R-134a)• For additional information, refer to “Air conditioner specification label” inthis section.

Air conditioning system oil — — —• Genuine NISSAN A/C System Oil Type S (KLHOO-PAGSO) or equivalent• For additional information, refer to “Air conditioner specification label” inthis section.

Windshield-washer fluid 4.5 L 1-1/4 gal 1 gal • Genuine NISSAN Windshield Washer Concentrate Cleaner & Antifreeze orequivalent

RECOMMENDED FLUIDS/LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIES

10-2 Technical and consumer information

FUEL RECOMMENDATIONUse unleaded regular gasoline with an oc-tane rating of at least 87 AKI (Anti-KnockIndex) number (Research octane number91).

CAUTION∙ Only vehicles with the E-85 filler door

label can operate on E-85. Fuel systemor other damage can occur if E-85 isused in vehicles that are not designedto run on E-85.

∙ Using a fuel other than that specifiedcould adversely affect the emissioncontrol system, and may also affectthe warranty coverage.

∙ Under no circumstances should aleaded gasoline be used, because thiswill damage the three-way catalyst.

∙ Do not use a fuel containing morethan 15% ethanol in your vehicle. Yourvehicle is not designed to run on a fuelcontaining more than 15% ethanol.Using a fuel containing more than 15%ethanol in a vehicle not specificallydesigned for a fuel containing morethan 15% ethanol can adversely affectthe emission control devices and sys-tems of the vehicle. Damage causedby such fuel is not covered by theNISSAN New Vehicle Limited Warranty.

∙ Do not use fuel that contains the oc-tane booster methylcyclopentadienylmanganese tricarbonyl (MMT). Usingfuel containing MMT may adverselyaffect vehicle performance and ve-hicle emissions. Not all fuel dispens-ers are labeled to indicate MMT con-tent, so you may have to consult yourgasoline retailer for more details.Note that Federal and California lawsprohibit the use of MMT in reformu-lated gasoline.

∙ U.S. government regulations requireethanol dispensing pumps to be iden-tified by a small, square, orange andblack label with the common abbre-viation or the appropriate percentagefor that region.

Gasoline specificationsNISSAN recommends using gasoline thatmeets the World-Wide Fuel Charter (WWFC)specifications where it is available. Many ofthe automobile manufacturers developedthis specification to improve emission con-trol system and vehicle performance. Askyour service station manager if the gaso-line meets the WWFC specifications.

Reformulated gasolineSome fuel suppliers are now producing re-formulated gasolines. These gasolines arespecially designed to reduce vehicle emis-sions. NISSAN supports efforts towardscleaner air and suggests that you use re-formulated gasoline when available.

Gasoline containing oxygenatesSome fuel suppliers sell gasoline contain-ing oxygenates such as ethanol, MethylTert-butyl Ether (MTBE) and methanol withor without advertising their presence.

Technical and consumer information 10-3

NISSAN does not recommend the use offuels of which the oxygenate content andthe fuel compatibility for your NISSAN can-not be readily determined. If in doubt, askyour service station manager.

If you use oxygenate-blend gasoline,please take the following precautions asthe usage of such fuels may cause vehicleperformance problems and/or fuel systemdamage.

∙ The fuel should be unleaded and havean octane rating no lower than thatrecommended for unleaded gasoline.

∙ If an oxygenate-blend other thanmethanol blend is used, it shouldcontain no more than 15% oxygenate.

∙ If a methanol blend is used, it shouldcontain no more than 5% methanol(methyl alcohol, wood alcohol). Itshould also contain a suitableamount of appropriate cosolventsand corrosion inhibitors. If not prop-erly formulated with appropriate co-solvents and corrosion inhibitors,such methanol blends may cause fuelsystem damage and/or vehicle per-formance problems. At this time, suf-ficient data is not available to ensurethat all methanol blends are suitablefor use in NISSAN vehicles.

If any driveability problems such as enginestalling and difficult hot-starting are expe-rienced after using oxygenate-blend fuels,immediately change to a non-oxygenatefuel or a fuel with a low blend of MTBE.

Take care not to spill gasoline during re-fueling. Gasoline containing oxygenatescan cause paint damage.

E–15 fuelE-15 fuel is a mixture of approximately 15%fuel ethanol and 85% unleaded gasoline.E-15 can only be used in vehicles designedto run on E-15 fuel. U.S. government regula-tions require fuel ethanol dispensingpumps to be identified with small, square,

orange and black label with the commonabbreviation or the appropriate percent-age for that region.

E–85 fuelE-85 fuel is a mixture of approximately 85%fuel ethanol and 15% unleaded gasoline.E-85 can only be used in a Flexible FuelVehicle (FFV). Do not use E-85 in your ve-hicle. U.S. government regulations requirefuel ethanol dispensing pumps to be iden-tified by a small, square, orange and blacklabel with the common abbreviation or theappropriate percentage for that region.

Fuel containing MMTMMT, or methylcyclopentadienyl manga-nese tricarbonyl, is an octane boosting ad-ditive. NISSAN does not recommend theuse of fuel containing MMT. Such fuel mayadversely affect vehicle performance, in-cluding the emissions control system. Notethat while some fuel pumps label MMTcontent, not all do, so you may have toconsult your gasoline retailer for more de-tails.


Aftermarket fuel additivesNISSAN does not recommend the use ofany aftermarket fuel additives (for ex-ample, fuel injector cleaner, octanebooster, intake valve deposit removers,etc.) which are sold commercially. Many ofthese additives intended for gum, varnishor deposit removal may contain active sol-vents or similar ingredients that can beharmful to the fuel system and engine.

Octane rating tipsUsing unleaded gasoline with an octanerating lower than recommended cancause persistent, heavy “spark knock.”(“Spark knock” is a metallic rappingnoise.) If severe, this can lead to enginedamage. If you detect a persistent heavyspark knock even when using gasolineof the stated octane rating, or if you hearsteady spark knock while holding asteady speed on level roads, it is recom-mended that you have a NISSAN dealercorrect the condition. Failure to correctthe condition is misuse of the vehicle, forwhich NISSAN is not responsible.

Incorrect ignition timing may result inspark knock, after-run and/or overheating,which may cause excessive fuel consump-tion or engine damage. If any of the abovesymptoms are encountered, have your ve-hicle checked. It is recommended that youvisit a NISSAN dealer for servicing.

However, now and then you may noticelight spark knock for a short time whileaccelerating or driving up hills. This is nota cause for concern, because you get thegreatest fuel benefit when there is lightspark knock for a short time under heavyengine load.


ENGINE OIL AND OIL FILTERRECOMMENDATIONSSelecting the correct oilIt is essential to choose the correct grade,quality and viscosity engine oil to ensuresatisfactory engine life and performance.For additional information, refer to “Recom-mended fluids/lubricants and capacities”in this section. NISSAN recommends theuse of an energy conserving oil in order toimprove fuel economy.

Select only engine oils that meet theAmerican Petroleum Institute (API) certifi-

cation or International Lubricant Standard-ization and Approval Committee (ILSAC)certification and SAE viscosity standard.These oils have the API certification markon the front of the container. Oils which donot have the specified quality label shouldnot be used as they could cause enginedamage.

Oil additivesNISSAN does not recommend the use of oiladditives. The use of an oil additive is notnecessary when the proper oil type is usedand maintenance intervals are followed.

Oil which may contain foreign matter orhas been previously used should not beused.

Oil viscosityThe engine oil viscosity or thicknesschanges with temperature. Because ofthis, it is important to select the engine oilviscosity based on the temperatures atwhich the vehicle will be operated beforethe next oil change. Choosing an oil viscos-ity other than that recommended couldcause serious engine damage.

Selecting the correct oil filterYour new NISSAN vehicle is equipped with ahigh-quality Genuine NISSAN oil filter. Whenreplacing, use a Genuine NISSAN oil filter orits equivalent for the reason described in“Change intervals.”

Change intervalsThe oil and oil filter change intervals foryour engine are based on the use of thespecified quality oils and filters. Using en-gine oil and filters that are not of the speci-fied quality, or exceeding recommended oiland filter change intervals could reduceengine life. Damage to the engine causedby improper maintenance or use of incor-

LTI2061


rect oil and filter quality and/or viscosity isnot covered by the NISSAN New VehicleLimited Warranty.

Your engine was filled with a high-qualityengine oil when it was built. You do not haveto change the oil before the first recom-mended change interval. Oil and filterchange intervals depend upon how youuse your vehicle.

Operation under the following conditionsmay require more frequent oil and filterchanges:

∙ repeated short distance driving at coldoutside temperatures

∙ driving in dusty conditions

∙ extensive idling

∙ stop and go commuting

For additional information, refer to the“Maintenance and schedules” section ofthis manual.

AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEMREFRIGERANT AND OILRECOMMENDATIONSThe air conditioner system in yourNISSAN vehicle must be charged with therefrigerant HFC-134a (R-134a) andNISSAN A/C system oil Type S (KLH00-PAGSO) or the exact equivalents.

CAUTIONThe use of any other refrigerant or oilwill cause severe damage to the air con-ditioning system and will require the re-placement of all air conditioner systemcomponents.

The refrigerant HFC-134a (R-134a) in yourNISSAN vehicle does not harm the earth’sozone layer. Although this refrigerant doesnot affect the earth’s atmosphere, certaingovernment regulations require the recov-ery and recycling of any refrigerant duringautomotive air conditioner system service.A NISSAN dealer has the trained techni-cians and equipment needed to recoverand recycle your air conditioner system re-frigerant.

It is recommended that you visit a NISSANdealer when servicing your air conditionersystem.


ENGINE

Model MR20DE

Type Gasoline, 4-cycle, DOHCCylinder arrangement 4-cylinder, inlineBore x Stroke in (mm) 3.307 x 3.547 (84 x 90.1)Displacement cu in (cm3)121.86 (1,997)Firing order 1–3–4–2

Idle speed

No adjustment is necessary.CVT (in “N” position)Ignition timing (degree B.T.D.C. at idle speed)CO % at idle

Spark plug FXE20HR-11Spark plug gap (Nominal) in (mm) 0.043 (1.1)

Camshaft operation Timing chainThis spark ignition system complies with the Canadian standard ICES-002.

SPECIFICATIONS


WHEELS AND TIRESWheel Type Offset in (mm) SizeSteel 1.77 (45) 15 x 5.5 JJ

Tires size 185/60R15C 94/92TSpare tire Full size

DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTSOverall length in (mm) 186.3 (4,732.5)Overall width in (mm) 68.1 (1,729.5)Overall height in (mm) 73.5 (1,866.7)Front Track in (mm) 60 (1,525)Rear Track in (mm) 59.8 (1,520)Wheelbase in (mm) 115.2 (2,925)Gross vehicle weight rating lbs. (kg) See the “F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S.

certification label” on thecenter pillar between thedriver’s side front and reardoors.

Gross axle weight ratingFront lbs. (kg)Rear lbs. (kg)


When planning to drive your NISSAN ve-hicle in another country, you should firstfind out if the fuel available is suitable foryour vehicle's engine.

Using fuel with an octane rating that is toolow may cause engine damage. All gaso-line vehicles must be operated with un-leaded gasoline. Therefore, avoid takingyour vehicle to areas where appropriatefuel is not available.

When transferring the registration ofyour vehicle to another country, state,province or district, it may be necessaryto modify the vehicle to meet local lawsand regulations.

The laws and regulations for motor vehicleemission control and safety standardsvary according to the country, state, prov-ince or district; therefore, vehicle specifica-tions may differ.

When any vehicle is to be taken into an-other country, state, province or districtand registered, its modifications, trans-portation and registration are the re-sponsibility of the user. NISSAN is not re-sponsible for any inconvenience thatmay result.

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER(VIN) PLATEThe VIN plate is attached as shown. Thisnumber is the identification for your vehicleand is used in the vehicle registration.

ENGINE SERIAL NUMBERThe number is stamped on the engine asshown.

LTI2050 STI0466

WHEN TRAVELING OR REGISTERINGIN ANOTHER COUNTRY

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION


F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. CERTIFICATIONLABELThe Federal/Canadian Motor VehicleSafety Standard (F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S.) certifi-cation label is affixed as shown. This labelcontains valuable vehicle information, suchas: (GVWR), (GAWR), month and year ofmanufacture, (VIN), etc. Review it carefully.

EMISSION CONTROLINFORMATION LABELThe emission control information label isattached to the underside of the hood asshown.

TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATIONLABELThe cold tire pressure is shown on the Tireand Loading Information label. The label islocated as shown.

WTI0058 WTI0188 WTI0174


TIRE WARNING LABEL AIR CONDITIONER SPECIFICATIONLABELThe air conditioner specification label is af-fixed to the underside of the hood asshown.

LDI2381 LTI2073

LTI2466

INSTALLING FRONT LICENSE PLATE


Use the following steps to mount the frontlicense plate:

Before mounting the license plate, confirmthat the following parts are enclosed in theplastic bag:

∙ License plate bracket

∙ License plate screws x 2

∙ Screw grommets x 2

1. Hold the license plate bracket �1 andmake a shallow hole in the bumper fas-cia using a drill. To avoid damaging thearea behind the fascia, apply only lightpressure to the drill.

2. Insert the grommets �2 into the holesin the bumper fascia.

3. Mount the license plate bracket usingthe two screws �3 .

4. Mount the front license plate.

WARNING∙ It is extremely dangerous to

ride in a cargo area inside a ve-hicle. In a collision, people ridingin these areas are more likely tobe seriously injured or killed.

∙ Do not allow people to ride inany area of your vehicle that isnot equipped with seats andseat belts.

∙ Be sure everyone in your vehicleis in a seat and using a seat beltproperly.

TERMSIt is important to familiarize yourselfwith the following terms beforeloading your vehicle:

∙ Curb Weight (actual weight ofyour vehicle) - vehicle weight in-cluding: standard and optionalequipment, fluids, emergencytools, and spare tire assembly.This weight does not includepassengers and cargo.

∙ GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight) - curbweight plus the combined weightof passengers and cargo.

∙ GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rat-ing) - maximum total combinedweight of the unloaded vehicle,passengers, luggage, hitch, trailertongue load and any other op-tional equipment. This informa-tion is located on theF.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certificationlabel.

∙ GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating) -maximum weight (load) limitspecified for the front or rear axle.This information is located on theF.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certificationlabel.

∙ GCWR (Gross Combined Weightrating) - The maximum totalweight rating of the vehicle, pas-sengers, cargo, and trailer.

VEHICLE LOADING INFORMATION


∙ Vehicle Capacity Weight, Loadlimit, Total load capacity - maxi-mum total weight limit specifiedof the load (passengers andcargo) for the vehicle. This is themaximum combined weight ofoccupants and cargo that can beloaded into the vehicle. If the ve-hicle is used to tow a trailer, thetrailer tongue weight must be in-cluded as part of the cargo load.This information is located on theTire and Loading Information la-bel.

∙ Cargo capacity - permissibleweight of cargo, the subtractedweight of occupants from theload limit.

VEHICLE LOAD CAPACITYBefore driving a loaded vehicle, con-firm that you do not exceed theGross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR)or the Gross Axle Weight Rating(GAWR) for your vehicle. Both theGVWR and GAWR are located on theF.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label.For additional information, refer to“Measurement of weights” in thissection.Do not exceed the load limit of yourvehicle shown as “The combinedweight of occupants and cargo” onthe Tire and Loading Information la-bel. Do not exceed the number ofoccupants shown as “Seating Ca-pacity” on the Tire and Loading Infor-mation label.To get “the combined weight of oc-cupants and cargo”, add the weightof all occupants, then add the totalluggage weight. Examples areshown in the following illustration.


Steps for determining correctload limit

1. Locate the statement “The com-bined weight of occupants andcargo should never exceed XXXlbs. or XXX kg” on your vehicle’sTire and Loading Information la-bel.

2. Determine the combined weightof the driver and passengersthat will be riding in your vehicle.

3. Subtract the combined weightof the driver and passengersfrom XXX lbs. or XXX kg.

4. The resulting figure equals theavailable amount of cargo andluggage load capacity. For ex-ample, if the XXX amount equals1,400 lbs. and there will be five150 lbs. passengers in your ve-hicle, the amount of availablecargo and luggage load capac-ity is 650 lbs. (1,400-750 (5 X 150) =650 lbs.) or (640-340 (5 X 70) =300 kg.)Example

WTI0169


5. Determine the combined weightof luggage and cargo beingloaded on the vehicle. Thatweight may not safely exceedthe available cargo and luggageload capacity calculated instep 4.

Before driving a loaded vehicle, con-firm that you do not exceed theGross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR)or the Gross Axle Weight Rating(GAWR) for your vehicle. For addi-tional information, refer to “Measure-ment of weights” in this section.Also check tires for proper inflationpressures. For additional informa-tion, refer to “Tire and Loading Infor-mation label” in this section.

SECURING THE LOADThere are 12 D-rings (if so equipped) lo-cated in the cargo area as shown and canbe used to secure cargo with ropes orother types of straps.

Do not apply a total load of more than200 lbs. (890 N) to a single D-ring whensecuring cargo.

WARNING∙ Properly secure all cargo with ropes or

straps to help prevent it from slidingor shifting. Do not place cargo higherthan the seatbacks. In a sudden stopor collision, unsecured cargo couldcause personal injury.

∙ The child restraint top tether strapmay be damaged by contact withitems in the cargo area. Secure anyitems in the cargo area. Your childcould be seriously injured or killed in acollision if the top tether strap isdamaged.

∙ Do not load your vehicle any heavierthan the GVWR or the maximum frontand rear GAWRs. If you do, parts ofyour vehicle can break, tire damagecould occur, or it can change the wayyour vehicle handles. This could resultin loss of control and cause personalinjury.

Cargo area D-Ring (if so equipped)LIC4254


LOADING TIPS∙ The GVW must not exceed GVWR

or GAWR as specified on theF.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certificationlabel.

∙ Do not load the front and rearaxle to the GAWR. Doing so willexceed the GVWR.

WARNING∙ Properly secure all cargo with

ropes or straps to help preventit from sliding or shifting. Do notplace cargo higher than theseatbacks. In a sudden stop orcollision, unsecured cargo couldcause personal injury.

∙ Do not load your vehicle anyheavier than the GVWR or themaximum front and rearGAWRs. If you do, parts of yourvehicle can break, tire damagecould occur, or it can change theway your vehicle handles. Thiscould result in loss of controland cause personal injury.

∙ Overloading and improper load-ing not only can shorten the lifeof your vehicle and the tire, butcan also cause unsafe vehiclehandling and longer braking dis-tances. This may cause a prema-ture tire failure which could re-sult in a serious accident andpersonal injury. Failures causedby overloading are not coveredby the vehicle’s warranty.

MEASUREMENT OF WEIGHTSSecure loose items to preventweight shifts that could affect thebalance of your vehicle. When the ve-hicle is loaded, drive to a scale andweigh the front and the rear wheelsseparately to determine axle loads.Individual axle loads should not ex-ceed either of the GAWR. The total ofthe axle loads should not exceed theGVWR. These ratings are given onthe vehicle certification label. Ifweight ratings are exceeded, moveor remove items to bring all weightsbelow the ratings.

Do not tow a trailer with your vehicle.

FLAT TOWINGTowing your vehicle with all four wheels onthe ground is sometimes called flat towing.This method is sometimes used whentowing a vehicle behind a recreational ve-hicle, such as a motor home.

CAUTION∙ Failure to follow these guidelines can

result in severe transmission damage.

∙ Whenever flat towing your vehicle, al-ways tow forward, never backward.

∙ DO NOT tow any continuously variabletransmission vehicle with all fourwheels on the ground (flat towing).Doing so WILL DAMAGE internal trans-mission parts due to lack of transmis-sion lubrication.

∙ For emergency towing procedures re-fer to “Towing recommended byNISSAN” in the “In case of emergency”section of this manual.

TOWING A TRAILER


Continuously VariableTransmission (CVT)To tow a vehicle equipped with a CVT, anappropriate vehicle dolly MUST be placedunder the towed vehicle’s drive wheels. Al-ways follow the dolly manufacturer’s rec-ommendations when using their product.

DOT (Department of Transportation) Qual-ity Grades: All passenger car tires mustconform to federal safety requirements inaddition to these grades.

Quality grades can be found where appli-cable on the tire sidewall between treadshoulder and maximum section width. Forexample:

Treadwear 200 Traction AA TemperatureA

Treadwear

The treadwear grade is a comparative rat-ing based on the wear rate of the tire whentested under controlled conditions on aspecified government test course. For ex-ample, a tire graded 150 would wear oneand one-half (1 1/2) times as well on thegovernment course as a tire graded 100.The relative performance of tires dependsupon the actual conditions of their use,however, and may depart significantly fromthe norm due to variations in driving habits,service practices and differences in roadcharacteristics and climate.

Traction AA, A, B and C

The traction grades, from highest to low-est, are AA, A, B, and C. Those grades repre-sent the tire’s ability to stop on wet pave-

ment as measured under controlledconditions on specified government testsurfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tiremarked C may have poor traction perfor-mance.

WARNINGThe traction grade assigned to this tireis based on straight-ahead brakingtraction tests, and does not include ac-celeration, cornering, hydroplaning, orpeak traction characteristics.

Temperature A, B and C

The temperature grades are A (the high-est), B, and C, representing the tire’s resis-tance to the generation of heat, and itsability to dissipate heat when tested undercontrolled conditions on a specified indoorlaboratory test wheel. Sustained high tem-perature can cause the material of the tireto degenerate and reduce tire life, and ex-cessive temperature can lead to suddentire failure. The grade C corresponds to alevel of performance which all passengercar tires must meet under the Federal Mo-tor Vehicle Safety Standard No. 109. GradesB and A represent higher levels of perfor-mance on the laboratory test wheel thanthe minimum required by law.

UNIFORM TIRE QUALITY GRADING


WARNINGThe temperature grade for this tire isestablished for a tire that is properly in-flated and not overloaded. Excessivespeed, under-inflation, or excessiveloading, either separately or in combi-nation, can cause heat build-up andpossible tire failure.

Your NISSAN vehicle is covered by the fol-lowing emission warranties:

For USA

1. Emission Defects Warranty

2. Emissions Performance Warranty

Details of this warranty may be found withother vehicle warranties in your WarrantyInformation Booklet which comes withyour NISSAN vehicle. If you did not receive aWarranty Information Booklet, or it is lost,you may obtain a replacement by writingto:

∙ Nissan North America, Inc.Consumer Affairs DepartmentP.O. Box 685003Franklin, TN 37068-5003

For Canada

Emission Control System Warranty

Details of this warranty may be found withother vehicle warranties in your WarrantyInformation Booklet which comes withyour NISSAN vehicle. If you did not receive aWarranty Information Booklet, or it is lost,you may obtain a replacement by writingto:

∙ Nissan Canada Inc.5290 Orbitor DriveMississauga, Ontario, L4W 4Z5

EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMWARRANTY


For USA

If you believe that your vehicle has adefect which could cause a collisionor could cause injury or death, youshould immediately inform the Na-tional Highway Traffic Safety Admin-istration (NHTSA) in addition to noti-fying NISSAN.

If NHTSA receives similar complaints,it may open an investigation, and if itfinds that a safety defect exists in agroup of vehicles, it may order a re-call and remedy campaign. However,NHTSA cannot become involved inindividual problems between you,your dealer, or NISSAN.

To contact NHTSA, you may call theVehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153);go to http://www.safercar.gov; orwrite to: Administrator, NHTSA, 400Seventh Street, SW., Washington, D.C.20590. You can also obtain other in-formation about motor vehicle safetyfrom http://www.safercar.gov.

You may notify NISSAN by contact-ing our Consumer Affairs Depart-ment, toll-free, at 1-800-NISSAN-1.For CanadaIf you believe that your vehicle has adefect which could cause a collisionor could cause injury or death, youshould immediately inform Trans-port Canada in addition to notifyingNISSAN.If Transport Canada receives com-plaints, it may open an investigation,and if it finds that a safety defectexists in a group of vehicles, it mayrequest that NISSAN conduct a recallcampaign. However, TransportCanada cannot become involved inindividual problems between you,your dealer, or NISSAN.

You may contact Transport Canada’sDefect Investigations and RecallsDivision toll free at 1-800-333-0510.You may also report safety defectsonline at: https://wwwapps.tc.gc.ca/Saf-Sec-Sur/7/PCDB-BDPP/fc-cp.aspx?lang=eng (English speakers)or https://wwwapps.tc.gc.ca/Saf-Sec-Sur/7/PCDB-BDPP/fc-cp.aspx?lang=fra (French speakers)Additional information concerningmotor vehicle safety may be obtainedfrom Transport Canada’s Road SafetyInformation Centre at 1-800-333-0371or online at www.tc.gc.ca/roadsafety(English speakers) orwww.tc.gc.ca/securiteroutiere(French speakers).To notify NISSAN of any safety con-cerns please contact our ConsumerInformation Centre toll-free at 1-800-387-0122.

REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS


Due to legal requirements in some statesand Canadian Provinces, your vehicle may berequired to be in what is called the “readycondition” for an Inspection/Maintenance(I/M) test of the emission control system.

The vehicle is set to the “ready condition”when it is driven through certain drivingpatterns. Usually, the ready condition canbe obtained by ordinary usage of the ve-hicle.

If a powertrain system component is re-paired or the battery is disconnected, thevehicle may be reset to a “not ready” condi-tion. Before taking the I/M test, check thevehicle’s inspection/maintenance testreadiness condition. Place the ignitionswitch in the ON position without startingthe engine. If the Malfunction IndicatorLight (MIL) comes on steady for 20 secondsand then blinks for 10 seconds , the I/M testcondition is “not ready”. If the MIL does notblink after 20 seconds, the I/M test condi-tion is “ready”. It is recommended that youvisit a NISSAN dealer to set the “ready con-dition” or to prepare the vehicle for testing.

This vehicle is equipped with an EDR. Themain purpose of an EDR is to record, incertain collision or near collision-like situa-tions, such as an air bag deployment orhitting a road obstacle, data that will assistin understanding how a vehicle’s systemsperformed. The EDR is designed to recorddata related to vehicle dynamics andsafety systems for a short period of time,typically 30 seconds or less. The EDR in thisvehicle is designed to record such data as:

∙ How various systems in your vehiclewere operating;

∙ Whether or not the driver and passen-ger safety belts were buckled/fastened;

∙ How far (if at all) the driver was depress-ing the accelerator and/or brake pedal;and,

∙ How fast the vehicle was traveling.

∙ Sounds are not recorded.

These data can help provide a better un-derstanding of the circumstances in whichcollisions and injuries occur. NOTE: EDRdata are recorded by your vehicle only if anontrivial collision situation occurs; no dataare recorded by the EDR under normal driv-ing conditions and no personal data (e.g.name, gender, age and collision location)are recorded. However, other parties, suchas law enforcement, could combine theEDR data with the type of personally iden-tifying data routinely acquired during a col-lision investigation.

To read data recorded by an EDR, specialequipment is required and access to thevehicle or the EDR is needed. In addition tothe vehicle manufacturer and NISSANdealer, other parties, such as law enforce-ment, that have the special equipment, canread the information if they have access tothe vehicle or the EDR. EDR data will only beaccessed with the consent of the vehicleowner or lessee or as otherwise required orpermitted by law.

READINESS FOR INSPECTION/MAINTENANCE (I/M) TEST

EVENT DATA RECORDERS (EDR)


Genuine NISSAN Service Manuals for thismodel year and prior can be purchased. AGenuine NISSAN Service Manual is the bestsource of service and repair information foryour vehicle. This manual is the same oneused by the factory-trained techniciansworking at NISSAN dealerships. GenuineNISSAN Owner’s Manuals can also be pur-chased.

For USA

For current pricing and availability of Genu-ine NISSAN Service Manuals, contact:

www.nissan-techinfo.com

For current pricing and availability of Genu-ine NISSAN Owner’s Manuals, contact:

1-800-247-5321

For Canada

To purchase a copy of a Genuine NISSANService Manual or Owner’s Manual, for thismodel year and prior, please contact yournearest NISSAN dealer. For the phone num-ber and location of a NISSAN dealer in yourarea, call the NISSAN Information Center at1-800-387-0122 and a bilingual NISSAN rep-resentative will assist you.

OWNER’S MANUAL/SERVICEMANUAL ORDER INFORMATION


11 IndexA

Air bag (See supplemental restraintsystem) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-32Air bag system

Front (See supplemental front impactair bag system) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-39

Air bag warning labels . . . . . . . . . . . .1-49Air bag warning light. . . . . . . . . .1-50, 2-14Air bag warning light,supplemental . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-50, 2-14Air cleaner housing filter . . . . . . . . . .8-15Air conditioner

Air conditioner operation . . . . . . . .4-14Air conditioner specification label . .10-12Air conditioner system refrigerantand oil recommendations . . . . . . .10-7Air conditioner system refrigerantrecommendations . . . . . . . . . . . .10-7Heater and air conditioner controls . .4-11Servicing air conditioner . . . . . . . .4-19

Air flow charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-16Anchor point locations . . . . . . . . . . .1-23Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-19Antifreeze . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-33Anti-lock brake warning light. . . . . . . .2-10Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) . . . . . .5-24Audible reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-17Automatic

Automatic power window switch . . .2-32Automatic door locks . . . . . . . . . . . .3-10

B

Back door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-8Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-33, 8-12

Charge warning light . . . . . . . . . . .2-11Battery replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-21

Key fob . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-21, 8-22Before starting the engine . . . . . . . . .5-10Belt (See drive belt) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-14Booster seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-28Brake

Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) . . . .5-24Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-10Brake light (See stop light) . . . . . . .8-28Brake system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-24Brake warning light. . . . . . . . . . . .2-10Brake wear indicators . . . . . . .2-17, 8-17Self-adjusting brakes . . . . . . . . . .8-17

Brake Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-25Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-10Brakes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-17Brake system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-24Break-in schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-19Brightness control

Instrument panel . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-24Bulb check/instrument panel . . . . . . .2-10Bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-28

C

Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-2Cargo (See vehicle loadinginformation). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-13Car phone or CB radio . . . . . . . . . . . .4-19Child restraints . . . . . . . . . . .1-19, 1-19, 1-21

Precautions on childrestraints. . . . . . . . . . . .1-22, 1-24, 1-28Top tether strap anchor pointlocations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-23

Child restraint with top tether strap . . .1-23Chimes, audible reminders . . . . . . . . .2-17Cleaning exterior and interior . . . . .7-2, 7-4C.M.V.S.S. certification label . . . . . . . . .10-11Cold weather driving. . . . . . . . . . . . .5-33Continuously Variable Transmission(CVT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-8, 5-12

Continuously Variable Transmission(CVT) fluid. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-10Driving with Continuously VariableTransmission (CVT) . . . . . . . . .5-8, 5-12

ControlsHeater and air conditioner controls . .4-11

CoolantCapacities and recommendedfuel/lubricants. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-2Changing engine coolant . . . . . . . .8-6Checking engine coolant level . . . . .8-6

Corrosion protection . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-6Cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-18

Cup holders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-30

D

Daytime light system . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-24Defroster switch

Rear window and outside mirrordefroster switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-22

Dimensions and weights. . . . . . . . . . .10-9Dimmer switch for instrument panel . . .2-24Door locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-4Door open warning light . . . . . . . . . . .2-11Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-3D-ring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-30, 10-16Drive belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-14Driving

Cold weather driving . . . . . . . . . . .5-33Driving with Continuously VariableTransmission (CVT) . . . . . . . . . .5-8, 5-12Precautions when starting anddriving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-2

Driving the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-11

E

Economy - fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-21Emission control information label . . . .10-11Emission control system warranty . . . .10-19Engine

Before starting the engine . . . . . . . .5-10Capacities and recommendedfuel/lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-2Changing engine coolant . . . . . . . . .8-6Changing engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . .8-7

Changing engine oil filter . . . . . . . . .8-7Checking engine coolant level . . . . . .8-6Checking engine oil level . . . . . . . . .8-7Engine compartment checklocations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-4Engine cooling system . . . . . . . . . .8-5Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-7Engine oil and oil filterrecommendation . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-6Engine oil pressure warning light . . . .2-11Engine oil viscosity. . . . . . . . . . . . .10-6Engine serial number . . . . . . . . . .10-10Engine specifications . . . . . . . . . . .10-8Starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . .5-10

Engine Block Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-35Event Data recorders . . . . . . . . . . . .10-21Exhaust gas (Carbon monoxide). . . . . . .5-2Explanation of maintenance items . . . . .9-2Explanation of scheduled maintenanceitems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-5Extended storage switch. . . . . . . . . . .8-21

F

Flashers(See hazard warning flasher switch) . . . .6-2Flat tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-2, 6-3Floor mat positioning aid . . . . . . . . . . .7-5Fluid

Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-10Capacities and recommendedfuel/lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-2Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT)fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-10Engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-5

Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-7Windshield-washer fluid . . . . . . . . .8-11

F.M.V.S.S. certification label. . . . . . . . . .10-11Front air bag system(See supplemental restraint system) . . .1-39Front-door pocket . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-28Front seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-2Fuel

Capacities and recommendedfuel/lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-2Fuel economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-21Fuel-filler door and cap . . . . . . . . . .3-14Fuel-filler door lock opener lever . . . .3-14Fuel gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-6Fuel octane rating . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-5Fuel recommendation . . . . . . . . . .10-3Loose fuel cap warning . . . . . . . . . .2-5

Fuel efficient driving tips . . . . . . . . . . .5-20Fuel-filler door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-14Fuel gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-6Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-18Fusible links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-19

G

Gas cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-14Gauge

Fuel gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-6Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-4Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-4Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-6Trip computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-7Trip odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-4

General maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-2Glove box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-29

11-2

H

Hazard warning flasher switch. . . . . . . .6-2Headlight and turn signal switch. . . . . .2-23Headlight control switch . . . . . . . . . . .2-23Headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-23Head restraints. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-7Heater

Heater and air conditioner controls . .4-11Heater operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-13

Hill start assist system . . . . . . . . . . . .5-29Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-13Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-25

I

Ignition switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-8Immobilizer system . . . . . . . . .2-19, 3-2, 5-9Important vehicle information label. . . .10-11Increasing fuel economy . . . . . . . . . . .5-21Indicator lights and audible reminders(See warning/indicator lights and audiblereminders) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-9, 2-15Instrument brightness control . . . . . . .2-24Instrument panel . . . . . . . . . . . . .0-6, 2-2Instrument panel dimmer switch . . . . .2-24Interior light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-33, 2-35

J

Jump starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-10, 8-13

K

Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-2Key fob battery replacement . . . . .8-21, 8-22Keyless entry

Without Intelligent Key system(See remote keyless entrysystem). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-10, 3-11

KeysNISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer Systemkeys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-2

L

LabelTire warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-12

LabelsAir conditioner specification label . . .10-12C.M.V.S.S. certification label . . . . . . .10-11Emission control information label . .10-11Engine serial number . . . . . . . . . .10-10F.M.V.S.S. certification label. . . . . . . .10-11Tire and Loading Information label . .10-11Vehicle identification number (VIN) . .10-10Vehicle identification number (VIN)plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-10Warning labels (for SRS) . . . . . . . . .1-49

License plateInstalling the license plate . . . . . . .10-12

LightAir bag warning light . . . . . . . .1-50, 2-14Brake light (See stop light) . . . . . . . .8-28Bulb check/instrument panel . . . . . .2-10Bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-28Charge warning light . . . . . . . . . . .2-11

Headlight and turn signal switch. . . .2-23Headlight control switch . . . . . . . . .2-23Headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-23Interior light . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-33, 2-35Light bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-23Low tire pressure warning light . . . . .2-12Low windshield-washer fluid warninglight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-14Passenger air bag and status light . . .1-41Security indicator light . . . . . . . . . .2-17Warning/indicator lights and audiblereminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-9, 2-15

Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-23Map lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-34

LockDoor locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-4Fuel-filler door lock opener lever . . . .3-14Power door locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-6

Loose fuel cap warning . . . . . . . . . . . .2-5Low fuel warning light. . . . . . . . . . . . .2-12Low tire pressure warning light . . . . . . .2-12Low windshield-washer fluid warninglight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-14Luggage(See vehicle loading information) . . . . .10-13

M

MaintenanceGeneral maintenance . . . . . . . . . . .9-2Inside the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-3Maintenance precautions. . . . . . . . .8-2Outside the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-2Seat belt maintenance . . . . . . . . . .1-18Under the hood and vehicle . . . . . . .9-4

11-3

Maintenance log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-11Maintenance requirements. . . . . . . . . .9-2Maintenance schedules . . . . . . . . . . . .9-7Maintenance under severe operationconditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-10Malfunction indicator light . . . . . . . . . .2-15Manual front seat adjustment . . . . . . . .1-3Map lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-34Meters and gauges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-3

Instrument brightness control . . . . .2-24Mirror

Outside mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-18Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-18

Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-18

N

NissanConnect® Owner's Manual . . . . . .4-2NISSAN Vehicle ImmobilizerSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-19, 5-9

O

Octane rating (See fuel octane rating). . .10-5Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-4Oil

Capacities and recommendedfuel/lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-2Changing engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . .8-7Changing engine oil filter . . . . . . . . .8-7Checking engine oil level . . . . . . . . .8-7Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-7Engine oil and oil filterrecommendation . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-6

Engine oil viscosity. . . . . . . . . . . . .10-6Outside mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-18Overheat

If your vehicle overheats . . . . . . . . .6-12Owner's manual order form . . . . . . . .10-22Owner's manual/service manual orderinformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-22

P

ParkingParking/parking on hills . . . . . . . . .5-23

Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-17Power

Power door locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-6Power outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-27Power steering system. . . . . . . . . .5-23Power windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-31

Power outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-27Power steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-23Precautions

Maintenance precautions. . . . . . . . .8-2Precautions on boosterseats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-22, 1-24, 1-28Precautions on childrestraints . . . . . . . . . . . .1-22, 1-24, 1-28Precautions on seat belt usage . . . . .1-11Precautions on supplemental restraintsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-32Precautions when starting anddriving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-2

Push starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-12

R

RadioCar phone or CB radio . . . . . . . . . .4-19

Readiness for inspection maintenance (I/M)test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-21Rear sonar system OFF switch . . . . . . .2-26Rear Sonar System (RSS). . . . . . . . . . .5-29Rearview mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-18RearView Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-3, 4-5Rear window and outside mirror defrosterswitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-22Recommended Fluids . . . . . . . . . . . .10-2Recorders

Event Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-21Refrigerant recommendation . . . . . . . .10-7Registering a vehicle in anothercountry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-10Remote keyless entry system . . . . .3-10, 3-11Reporting safety defects (US only) . . . .10-20

S

SafetyChild seat belts . . . . . . . .1-22, 1-24, 1-28Reporting safety defects (US only) . .10-20

Seat adjustmentFront manual seat adjustment . . . . . .1-3

Seat beltChild safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-19Infants and small children . . . . . . . .1-19Injured Person. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-14Larger children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-20Precautions on seat belt usage . . . . .1-11Pregnant women. . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-14

11-4

Seat belt extenders . . . . . . . . . . . .1-18Seat belt maintenance . . . . . . . . . .1-18Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-11, 7-6Shoulder belt height adjustment . . . .1-17Three-point type with retractor . . . . .1-14

Seat belt extenders . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-18Seat belt warning light . . . . . . . . .1-14, 2-14Seats

Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-2Front seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-2Manual front seat adjustment . . . . . .1-3

Seats/floor mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-5Security indicator light . . . . . . . . . . . .2-17Security system (NISSAN Vehicle ImmobilizerSystem), engine start . . . . . . . . . .2-19, 5-9Security systems

Vehicle security system . . . . . . . . .2-18Self-adjusting brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-17Service manual order form. . . . . . . . .10-22Servicing air conditioner . . . . . . . . . . .4-19Shifting

Continuously Variable Transmission(CVT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-14

Shoulder belt height adjustment . . . . . .1-17Sliding door

Manual sliding door. . . . . . . . . . . . .3-7Sonar

Rear system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-29Spark plug replacement . . . . . . . . . . .8-15Spark plugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-15Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-8Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-4SRS warning label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-49Stability control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-26Standard maintenance . . . . . . . . . .9-7, 9-8

StartingBefore starting the engine . . . . . . . .5-10Jump starting . . . . . . . . . . . .6-10, 8-13Precautions when starting anddriving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-2Push starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-12Starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . .5-10

Starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-10Steering

Power steering system. . . . . . . . . .5-23Stop light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-28Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-28

D-ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-30Storage tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-28, 2-29Sun visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-17Supplemental air bag warning labels . . .1-49Supplemental air bag warninglight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-50, 2-14Supplemental front impact air bagsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-39Supplemental restraint system

Information and warning labels . . . .1-49Precautions on supplemental restraintsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-32

Supplemental restraint system(Supplemental air bag system) . . . . . . .1-32Switch

Automatic power window switch . . .2-32Hazard warning flasher switch. . . . . .6-2Headlight and turn signal switch. . . .2-23Headlight control switch . . . . . . . . .2-23Ignition switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-8Instrument brightness control . . . . .2-24Power door lock switch . . . . . . . . . .3-6Rear sonar system OFF switch . . . . .2-26

Rear window and outside mirrordefroster switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-22Turn signal switch . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-25

T

Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-6Theft (NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System),engine start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-19, 5-9Three-way catalyst . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-2Tire

Flat tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-2, 6-3Spare tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-4Tire and Loading Information label . .10-11Tire chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-38Tire pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-31, 8-31Tire rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-38Types of tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-37Uniform tire quality grading . . . . . .10-18Wheels and tires . . . . . . . . . . .8-31, 10-9Wheel/tire size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-9

Tire pressureLow tire pressure warning light . . . . .2-12

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) . .5-3Tire warning label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-12Top tether strap child restraint . . . . . . .1-23Towing

4-wheel drive models . . . . . . . . . . .6-14Flat towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-17Tow truck towing . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-13Trailer towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-17

Towing a trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-17Transmission

Continuously Variable Transmission(CVT) fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-10

11-5

Driving with Continuously VariableTransmission (CVT) . . . . . . . . . .5-8, 5-12

Travel (See registering a vehicle in anothercountry). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-10Trip computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-7Trip odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-4Turn signal switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-25

U

Uniform tire quality grading . . . . . . . .10-18

V

Variable voltage control system . . . . . .8-13Vehicle dimensions and weights . . . . . .10-9Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)OFF switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-26Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system . .5-26Vehicle identification . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-10Vehicle identification number (VIN) . . . .10-10Vehicle identification number (VIN)plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-10Vehicle immobilizer system . . . .2-19, 3-2, 5-9Vehicle loading information . . . . . . . .10-13Vehicle recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-15Vehicle security system . . . . . . . . . . .2-18Vehicle security system (NISSAN VehicleImmobilizer System), engine start. . .2-19, 5-9Ventilators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-11Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-17

W

WarningAir bag warning light . . . . . . . .1-50, 2-14Anti-lock brake warning light . . . . . .2-10Battery charge warning light . . . . . .2-11Brake warning light . . . . . . . . . . . .2-10Door open warning light . . . . . . . . .2-11Engine oil pressure warning light . . . .2-11Hazard warning flasher switch. . . . . .6-2Loose fuel cap warning . . . . . . . . . .2-5Low fuel warning light. . . . . . . . . . .2-12Low tire pressure warning light . . . . .2-12Low windshield-washer fluid warninglight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-14Passenger air bag and status light . . .1-41Seat belt warning light . . . . . . .1-14, 2-14Supplemental air bag warninglight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-50, 2-14Vehicle security system . . . . . . . . .2-18Warning/indicator lights and audiblereminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-9, 2-15Warning labels (for SRS) . . . . . . . . .1-49

Warning/indicator lights and audiblereminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-9, 2-15

Audible reminders . . . . . . . . . .2-9, 2-15Indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . .2-9, 2-15Warning lights . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-9, 2-15

Warning lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-9, 2-15

Warning lights, indicator lights and audiblereminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-9Weights (See dimensions and weights) . .10-9Wheels and tires . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-31, 10-9Wheel/tire size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-9When traveling or registering in anothercountry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-10Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-31

Locking passengers' windows . . . . .2-32Power windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-31

Windshield-washer fluid . . . . . . . . . . .8-11Windshield wiper blades . . . . . . . . . . .8-16Wiper

Wiper blades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-16Wiper and washer switch . . . . . . . . . .2-21

11-6

FUEL RECOMMENDATION:Use unleaded regular gasoline with an oc-tane rating of at least 87 AKI (Anti-KnockIndex) number (Research octane number91).

CAUTION∙ Only vehicles with the E-85 filler door

label can operate on E-85. Fuel systemor other damage can occur if E-85 isused in vehicles that are not designedto run on E-85.

∙ Using a fuel other than that specifiedcould adversely affect the emissioncontrol system, and may also affectthe warranty coverage.

∙ Under no circumstances should aleaded gasoline be used, because thiswill damage the three-way catalyst.

∙ Do not use a fuel containing morethan 15% ethanol in your vehicle. Yourvehicle is not designed to run on a fuelcontaining more than 15% ethanol.Using a fuel containing more than 15%ethanol in a vehicle not specificallydesigned for a fuel containing morethan 15% ethanol can adversely affectthe emission control devices and sys-tems of the vehicle. Damage causedby such fuel is not covered by theNISSAN New Vehicle Limited Warranty.

∙ Do not use fuel that contains the oc-tane booster methylcyclopentadienylmanganese tricarbonyl (MMT). Usingfuel containing MMT may adverselyaffect vehicle performance and ve-hicle emissions. Not all fuel dispens-ers are labeled to indicate MMT con-tent, so you may have to consult yourgasoline retailer for more details.Note that Federal and California lawsprohibit the use of MMT in reformu-lated gasoline.

∙ U.S. government regulations requireethanol dispensing pumps to be iden-tified by a small, square, orange andblack label with the common abbre-viation or the appropriate percentagefor that region.

For additional information, refer to “Recom-mended fluids/lubricants and capacities”in the “Technical and consumer informa-tion” section of this manual.

ENGINE OIL RECOMMENDATION:Refer to “Recommended fluids/lubricantsand capacities” in the “Technical and con-sumer information” section of this manual.

COLD TIRE PRESSURE:Refer to the Tire and Loading Informationlabel.

The label is typically located on the driverside center pillar or on the driver’s door. Foradditional information, refer to “Wheels andtires” in the “Do-it-yourself ” section of thismanual.

GAS STATION INFORMATION

RECOMMENDED NEW VEHICLEBREAK-IN PROCEDURE:During the first 1,200 miles (2,000 km) ofvehicle use, follow the break-in procedurerecommendations for the future reliabilityand economy of your new vehicle. For ad-ditional information, refer to “Break-inschedule” in the “Starting and driving” sec-tion of this manual. Failure to follow theserecommendations may result in vehicledamage or shortened engine life.

M20-D

Printing : August 2019 Publication No.:

Printed in the U.S.A.OM20EM 0M20U0

‘20

2020 nv200 compact cargo - nissan · 2021. 3. 19. · 2020 nv200 compact cargo owner’s manual and...

Documents